OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/open8_urisc/open8_urisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories open8_urisc

[/] [open8_urisc/] [trunk/] [gnu/] [binutils/] [ld/] [ldlang.c] - Blame information for rev 162

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 145 khays
/* Linker command language support.
2
   Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
3
   2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
 
6
   This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
7
 
8
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11
   (at your option) any later version.
12
 
13
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16
   GNU General Public License for more details.
17
 
18
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
22
 
23
#include "sysdep.h"
24
#include "bfd.h"
25
#include "libiberty.h"
26
#include "filenames.h"
27
#include "safe-ctype.h"
28
#include "obstack.h"
29
#include "bfdlink.h"
30
 
31
#include "ld.h"
32
#include "ldmain.h"
33
#include "ldexp.h"
34
#include "ldlang.h"
35
#include <ldgram.h>
36
#include "ldlex.h"
37
#include "ldmisc.h"
38
#include "ldctor.h"
39
#include "ldfile.h"
40
#include "ldemul.h"
41
#include "fnmatch.h"
42
#include "demangle.h"
43
#include "hashtab.h"
44
#include "libbfd.h"
45
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
46
#include "plugin.h"
47
#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
48
 
49
#ifndef offsetof
50
#define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51
#endif
52
 
53
/* Locals variables.  */
54
static struct obstack stat_obstack;
55
static struct obstack map_obstack;
56
 
57
#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
58
#define obstack_chunk_free free
59
static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
60
static bfd_boolean placed_commons = FALSE;
61
static bfd_boolean stripped_excluded_sections = FALSE;
62
static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
63
static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
64
static bfd_vma print_dot;
65
static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
66
static const char *current_target;
67
static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
68
static struct bfd_hash_table lang_definedness_table;
69
static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
70
static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
71
static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
72
static bfd_boolean ldlang_sysrooted_script = FALSE;
73
 
74
/* Forward declarations.  */
75
static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
76
static void init_map_userdata (bfd *, asection *, void *);
77
static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
78
static struct bfd_hash_entry *lang_definedness_newfunc
79
 (struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *);
80
static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81
static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82
static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83
                             lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84
static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85
                                  lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86
static void print_statements (void);
87
static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88
static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89
static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90
static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91
static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92
  (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93
 
94
/* Exported variables.  */
95
const char *output_target;
96
lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
97
lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
98
lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
99
lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
100
lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
101
struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
102
const char *entry_section = ".text";
103
bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
104
bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
105
bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
106
bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
107
bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
108
bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
109
struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
110
struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
111
bfd_boolean missing_file = FALSE;
112
 
113
 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
114
    DEFINED() need to increment this.  */
115
int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
116
 
117
etree_type *base; /* Relocation base - or null */
118
 
119
/* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120
   Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121
   wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122
   be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123
   That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally.  */
124
#define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
 
126
#define new_stat(x, y) \
127
  (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
 
129
#define outside_section_address(q) \
130
  ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
 
132
#define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133
  ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
 
135
#define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
 
137
void *
138
stat_alloc (size_t size)
139
{
140
  return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141
}
142
 
143
static int
144
name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145
{
146
  if (wildcardp (pattern))
147
    return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148
  return strcmp (pattern, name);
149
}
150
 
151
/* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152
   separator.  If not, return NULL.  */
153
 
154
static char *
155
archive_path (const char *pattern)
156
{
157
  char *p = NULL;
158
 
159
  if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160
    return p;
161
 
162
  p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163
#ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164
  if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165
    return p;
166
 
167
  /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168
     as in "c:\silly.dos".  */
169
  if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170
    p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171
#endif
172
  return p;
173
}
174
 
175
/* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176
   return whether F matches FILE_SPEC.  */
177
 
178
static bfd_boolean
179
input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180
                                 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181
{
182
  bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
 
184
  if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185
       || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186
      && ((sep != file_spec)
187
          == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188
    {
189
      match = TRUE;
190
 
191
      if (sep != file_spec)
192
        {
193
          const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194
          *sep = 0;
195
          match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196
          *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197
        }
198
    }
199
  return match;
200
}
201
 
202
static bfd_boolean
203
unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204
                  const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205
{
206
  struct unique_sections *unam;
207
  const char *secnam;
208
 
209
  if (link_info.relocatable
210
      && sec->owner != NULL
211
      && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212
    return !(os != NULL
213
             && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
 
215
  secnam = sec->name;
216
  for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217
    if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218
      return TRUE;
219
 
220
  return FALSE;
221
}
222
 
223
/* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections.  */
224
 
225
/* Try processing a section against a wildcard.  This just calls
226
   the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
227
   and excludes the file.  It's hardly ever present so this
228
   function is very fast.  */
229
 
230
static void
231
walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
232
                            lang_input_statement_type *file,
233
                            asection *s,
234
                            struct wildcard_list *sec,
235
                            callback_t callback,
236
                            void *data)
237
{
238
  struct name_list *list_tmp;
239
 
240 157 khays
  /* Propagate the section_flag_info from the wild statement to the section.  */
241
  s->section_flag_info = ptr->section_flag_list;
242
 
243 145 khays
  /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded.  */
244
  for (list_tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list;
245
       list_tmp;
246
       list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
247
    {
248
      char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
249
 
250
      if (p != NULL)
251
        {
252
          if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
253
            return;
254
        }
255
 
256
      else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
257
        return;
258
 
259
      /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage?  Matching
260
         unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
261
         been superceded by the archive:path syntax.  */
262
      else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
263
               && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
264
               && name_match (list_tmp->name,
265
                              file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
266
        return;
267
    }
268
 
269
  (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
270
}
271
 
272
/* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
273
   but slowly.  */
274
 
275
static void
276
walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
277
                           lang_input_statement_type *file,
278
                           callback_t callback,
279
                           void *data)
280
{
281
  asection *s;
282
  struct wildcard_list *sec;
283
 
284
  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
285
    {
286
      sec = ptr->section_list;
287
      if (sec == NULL)
288
        (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
289
 
290
      while (sec != NULL)
291
        {
292
          bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
293
 
294
          if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
295
            {
296
              const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
297
 
298
              skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
299
            }
300
 
301
          if (!skip)
302
            walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
303
 
304
          sec = sec->next;
305
        }
306
    }
307
}
308
 
309
/* Routines to find a single section given its name.  If there's more
310
   than one section with that name, we report that.  */
311
 
312
typedef struct
313
{
314
  asection *found_section;
315
  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
316
} section_iterator_callback_data;
317
 
318
static bfd_boolean
319
section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
320
{
321
  section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
322
 
323
  if (d->found_section != NULL)
324
    {
325
      d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
326
      return TRUE;
327
    }
328
 
329
  d->found_section = s;
330
  return FALSE;
331
}
332
 
333
static asection *
334
find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
335
              struct wildcard_list *sec,
336
              bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
337
{
338
  section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
339
 
340
  bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
341
                              section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
342
  *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
343
  return cb_data.found_section;
344
}
345
 
346
/* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
347
   which can be expensive because of charset translations etc.  */
348
 
349
/* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
350
   where the literal part is at least 4 characters long.  */
351
 
352
static bfd_boolean
353
is_simple_wild (const char *name)
354
{
355
  size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
356
  return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
357
}
358
 
359
static bfd_boolean
360
match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
361
{
362
  /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
363
     non-wildcard characters.  So we can go faster.  */
364
  if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
365
      || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
366
    return FALSE;
367
 
368
  pattern += 4;
369
  name += 4;
370
  while (*pattern != '*')
371
    if (*name++ != *pattern++)
372
      return FALSE;
373
 
374
  return TRUE;
375
}
376
 
377
/* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
378
   section name NAME.  */
379
 
380
static unsigned long
381
get_init_priority (const char *name)
382
{
383
  char *end;
384
  unsigned long init_priority;
385
 
386
  /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
387
     attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
388
     lower value means a higher priority.
389
 
390
     1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
391
        decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
392
        The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
393
        .fini_array is backward.
394
     2: .ctors.NNNN/.ctors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
395
        decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
396
        The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
397
        is forward.
398
   */
399
  if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
400
      || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
401
    {
402
      init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
403
      return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
404
    }
405
  else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
406
           || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
407
    {
408
      init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
409
      return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
410
    }
411
 
412
  return 0;
413
}
414
 
415
/* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT.  */
416
 
417
static int
418
compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
419
{
420
  int ret;
421
  unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
422
 
423
  switch (sort)
424
    {
425
    default:
426
      abort ();
427
 
428
    case by_init_priority:
429
      ainit_priority
430
        = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
431
      binit_priority
432
        = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
433
      if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
434
        goto sort_by_name;
435
      ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
436
      if (ret)
437
        break;
438
      else
439
        goto sort_by_name;
440
 
441
    case by_alignment_name:
442
      ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
443
             - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
444
      if (ret)
445
        break;
446
      /* Fall through.  */
447
 
448
    case by_name:
449
sort_by_name:
450
      ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
451
                    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
452
      break;
453
 
454
    case by_name_alignment:
455
      ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
456
                    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
457
      if (ret)
458
        break;
459
      /* Fall through.  */
460
 
461
    case by_alignment:
462
      ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
463
             - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
464
      break;
465
    }
466
 
467
  return ret;
468
}
469
 
470
/* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
471
   used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
472
   of sections are large.  */
473
 
474
static lang_section_bst_type **
475
wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
476
                struct wildcard_list *sec,
477
                lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
478
                asection *section)
479
{
480
  lang_section_bst_type **tree;
481
 
482
  tree = &wild->tree;
483
  if (!wild->filenames_sorted
484
      && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
485
    {
486
      /* Append at the right end of tree.  */
487
      while (*tree)
488
        tree = &((*tree)->right);
489
      return tree;
490
    }
491
 
492
  while (*tree)
493
    {
494
      /* Find the correct node to append this section.  */
495
      if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
496
        tree = &((*tree)->left);
497
      else
498
        tree = &((*tree)->right);
499
    }
500
 
501
  return tree;
502
}
503
 
504
/* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections.  */
505
 
506
static void
507
output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
508
                              struct wildcard_list *sec,
509
                              asection *section,
510
                              lang_input_statement_type *file,
511
                              void *output)
512
{
513
  lang_section_bst_type *node;
514
  lang_section_bst_type **tree;
515
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
516
 
517
  os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
518
 
519
  if (unique_section_p (section, os))
520
    return;
521
 
522
  node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
523
  node->left = 0;
524
  node->right = 0;
525
  node->section = section;
526
 
527
  tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
528
  if (tree != NULL)
529
    *tree = node;
530
}
531
 
532
/* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form.  */
533
 
534
static void
535
output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
536
                                      lang_section_bst_type *tree,
537
                                      void *output)
538
{
539
  if (tree->left)
540
    output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
541
 
542
  lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section,
543
                    (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
544
 
545
  if (tree->right)
546
    output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
547
 
548
  free (tree);
549
}
550
 
551
/* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
552
   wildcards */
553
 
554
static void
555
walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
556
                                lang_input_statement_type *file,
557
                                callback_t callback,
558
                                void *data)
559
{
560
  /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
561
     But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
562
     (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
563
     we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
564
     get processed in the bfd's order.  */
565
  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
566
  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
567
  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
568
 
569
  if (multiple_sections_found)
570
    walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
571
  else if (s0)
572
    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
573
}
574
 
575
static void
576
walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
577
                                lang_input_statement_type *file,
578
                                callback_t callback,
579
                                void *data)
580
{
581
  asection *s;
582
  struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
583
 
584
  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
585
    {
586
      const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
587
      bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
588
 
589
      if (!skip)
590
        walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
591
    }
592
}
593
 
594
static void
595
walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
596
                                lang_input_statement_type *file,
597
                                callback_t callback,
598
                                void *data)
599
{
600
  asection *s;
601
  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
602
  struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
603
  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
604
  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
605
 
606
  if (multiple_sections_found)
607
    {
608
      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
609
      return;
610
    }
611
 
612
  /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
613
     we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below.  */
614
  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
615
    {
616
      /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
617
         than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
618
         wildspec1.  */
619
      if (s == s0)
620
        walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
621
      else
622
        {
623
          const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
624
          bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
625
 
626
          if (!skip)
627
            walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
628
                                        data);
629
        }
630
    }
631
}
632
 
633
static void
634
walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
635
                                lang_input_statement_type *file,
636
                                callback_t callback,
637
                                void *data)
638
{
639
  asection *s;
640
  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
641
  struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
642
  struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
643
  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
644
  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
645
 
646
  if (multiple_sections_found)
647
    {
648
      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
649
      return;
650
    }
651
 
652
  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
653
    {
654
      if (s == s0)
655
        walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
656
      else
657
        {
658
          const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
659
          bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
660
 
661
          if (!skip)
662
            walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
663
          else
664
            {
665
              skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
666
              if (!skip)
667
                walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
668
                                            data);
669
            }
670
        }
671
    }
672
}
673
 
674
static void
675
walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
676
                                lang_input_statement_type *file,
677
                                callback_t callback,
678
                                void *data)
679
{
680
  asection *s;
681
  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
682
  struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
683
  struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
684
  struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
685
  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
686
  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
687
 
688
  if (multiple_sections_found)
689
    {
690
      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
691
      return;
692
    }
693
 
694
  s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
695
  if (multiple_sections_found)
696
    {
697
      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
698
      return;
699
    }
700
 
701
  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
702
    {
703
      if (s == s0)
704
        walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
705
      else
706
        if (s == s1)
707
          walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
708
        else
709
          {
710
            const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
711
            bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
712
                                                   sname);
713
 
714
            if (!skip)
715
              walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
716
                                          data);
717
            else
718
              {
719
                skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
720
                if (!skip)
721
                  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
722
                                              callback, data);
723
              }
724
          }
725
    }
726
}
727
 
728
static void
729
walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
730
                   lang_input_statement_type *file,
731
                   callback_t callback,
732
                   void *data)
733
{
734
  if (file->just_syms_flag)
735
    return;
736
 
737
  (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
738
}
739
 
740
/* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
741
   something name2 can match.  We're conservative: we return FALSE
742
   only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
743
   first wildcard character.  */
744
 
745
static bfd_boolean
746
wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
747
{
748
  size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
749
  size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
750
  size_t min_prefix_len;
751
 
752
  /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
753
     terminating 0 as part of the prefix.  Thus ".text" won't match
754
     ".text." or ".text.*", for example.  */
755
  if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
756
    prefix1_len++;
757
  if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
758
    prefix2_len++;
759
 
760
  min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
761
 
762
  return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
763
}
764
 
765
/* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
766
   statements.  */
767
 
768
static void
769
analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
770
{
771
  int sec_count = 0;
772
  int wild_name_count = 0;
773
  struct wildcard_list *sec;
774
  int signature;
775
  int data_counter;
776
 
777
  ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
778
  ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
779
  ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
780
  ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
781
  ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
782
  ptr->tree = NULL;
783
 
784
  /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
785
     actually use wildcards in the name.  Also, bail out if any of the
786
     wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
787
     walk_wild_section used to test for it.)  And bail out if any
788
     of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
789
     ending in a single '*'.  */
790
  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
791
    {
792
      ++sec_count;
793
      if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
794
        return;
795
      if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
796
        {
797
          ++wild_name_count;
798
          if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
799
            return;
800
        }
801
    }
802
 
803
  /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
804
     happen in practice.  Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
805
     happen in practice.  */
806
  if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
807
    return;
808
 
809
  /* Check that no two specs can match the same section.  */
810
  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
811
    {
812
      struct wildcard_list *sec2;
813
      for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
814
        {
815
          if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
816
            return;
817
        }
818
    }
819
 
820
  signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
821
  switch (signature)
822
    {
823
    case 0x0100:
824
      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
825
      break;
826
    case 0x0101:
827
      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
828
      break;
829
    case 0x0201:
830
      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
831
      break;
832
    case 0x0302:
833
      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
834
      break;
835
    case 0x0402:
836
      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
837
      break;
838
    default:
839
      return;
840
    }
841
 
842
  /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
843
     specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
844
     names.  It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
845
     given order, because we've already determined that no section
846
     will match more than one spec.  */
847
  data_counter = 0;
848
  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
849
    if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
850
      ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
851
  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
852
    if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
853
      ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
854
}
855
 
856
/* Handle a wild statement for a single file F.  */
857
 
858
static void
859
walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
860
                lang_input_statement_type *f,
861
                callback_t callback,
862
                void *data)
863
{
864
  if (f->the_bfd == NULL
865
      || ! bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
866
    walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
867
  else
868
    {
869
      bfd *member;
870
 
871
      /* This is an archive file.  We must map each member of the
872
         archive separately.  */
873
      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
874
      while (member != NULL)
875
        {
876
          /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
877
             entry point for the archive.  For each element of the
878
             archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
879
             which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
880
             lang_input_statement.  */
881
          if (member->usrdata != NULL)
882
            {
883
              walk_wild_section (s,
884
                                 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
885
                                 callback, data);
886
            }
887
 
888
          member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
889
        }
890
    }
891
}
892
 
893
static void
894
walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
895
{
896
  const char *file_spec = s->filename;
897
  char *p;
898
 
899
  if (file_spec == NULL)
900
    {
901
      /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list.  */
902
      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
903
        {
904
          walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
905
        }
906
    }
907
  else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
908
    {
909
      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
910
        {
911
          if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
912
            walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
913
        }
914
    }
915
  else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
916
    {
917
      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
918
        {
919
          if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
920
            walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
921
        }
922
    }
923
  else
924
    {
925
      lang_input_statement_type *f;
926
 
927
      /* Perform the iteration over a single file.  */
928
      f = lookup_name (file_spec);
929
      if (f)
930
        walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
931
    }
932
}
933
 
934
/* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
935
   function for each node, except those inside output section statements
936
   with constraint set to -1.  */
937
 
938
void
939
lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
940
                                lang_statement_union_type *s)
941
{
942
  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
943
    {
944
      func (s);
945
 
946
      switch (s->header.type)
947
        {
948
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
949
          lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
950
          break;
951
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
952
          if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
953
            lang_for_each_statement_worker
954
              (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
955
          break;
956
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
957
          lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
958
                                          s->wild_statement.children.head);
959
          break;
960
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
961
          lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
962
                                          s->group_statement.children.head);
963
          break;
964
        case lang_data_statement_enum:
965
        case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
966
        case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
967
        case lang_output_statement_enum:
968
        case lang_target_statement_enum:
969
        case lang_input_section_enum:
970
        case lang_input_statement_enum:
971
        case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
972
        case lang_padding_statement_enum:
973
        case lang_address_statement_enum:
974
        case lang_fill_statement_enum:
975
        case lang_insert_statement_enum:
976
          break;
977
        default:
978
          FAIL ();
979
          break;
980
        }
981
    }
982
}
983
 
984
void
985
lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
986
{
987
  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
988
}
989
 
990
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
991
 
992
void
993
lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
994
{
995
  list->head = NULL;
996
  list->tail = &list->head;
997
}
998
 
999
void
1000
push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1001
{
1002
  if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1003
    abort ();
1004
  *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1005
  stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1006
}
1007
 
1008
void
1009
pop_stat_ptr (void)
1010
{
1011
  if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1012
    abort ();
1013
  stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1014
}
1015
 
1016
/* Build a new statement node for the parse tree.  */
1017
 
1018
static lang_statement_union_type *
1019
new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1020
               size_t size,
1021
               lang_statement_list_type *list)
1022
{
1023
  lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1024
 
1025
  new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1026
  new_stmt->header.type = type;
1027
  new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1028
  lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1029
  return new_stmt;
1030
}
1031
 
1032
/* Build a new input file node for the language.  There are several
1033
   ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1034
   or prefix it with a -l etc.
1035
 
1036
   We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1037
   they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1038
   foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1039
   got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.  */
1040
 
1041
static lang_input_statement_type *
1042
new_afile (const char *name,
1043
           lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1044
           const char *target,
1045
           bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1046
{
1047
  lang_input_statement_type *p;
1048
 
1049
  if (add_to_list)
1050
    p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1051
  else
1052
    {
1053
      p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1054
          stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1055
      p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1056
      p->header.next = NULL;
1057
    }
1058
 
1059
  lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1060
  p->target = target;
1061
  p->sysrooted = FALSE;
1062
 
1063
  if (file_type == lang_input_file_is_l_enum
1064
      && name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1065
    {
1066
      file_type = lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum;
1067
      name = name + 1;
1068
    }
1069
 
1070
  switch (file_type)
1071
    {
1072
    case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1073
      p->filename = name;
1074
      p->maybe_archive = FALSE;
1075
      p->real = TRUE;
1076
      p->local_sym_name = name;
1077
      p->just_syms_flag = TRUE;
1078
      p->search_dirs_flag = FALSE;
1079
      break;
1080
    case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1081
      p->filename = name;
1082
      p->maybe_archive = FALSE;
1083
      p->real = FALSE;
1084
      p->local_sym_name = name;
1085
      p->just_syms_flag = FALSE;
1086
      p->search_dirs_flag = FALSE;
1087
      break;
1088
    case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1089
      p->maybe_archive = TRUE;
1090
      p->filename = name;
1091
      p->real = TRUE;
1092
      p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1093
      p->just_syms_flag = FALSE;
1094
      p->search_dirs_flag = TRUE;
1095
      break;
1096
    case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1097
      p->filename = name;
1098
      p->maybe_archive = FALSE;
1099
      p->real = FALSE;
1100
      p->local_sym_name = name;
1101
      p->just_syms_flag = FALSE;
1102
      p->search_dirs_flag = TRUE;
1103
      break;
1104
    case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1105
      p->sysrooted = ldlang_sysrooted_script;
1106
      p->filename = name;
1107
      p->maybe_archive = FALSE;
1108
      p->real = TRUE;
1109
      p->local_sym_name = name;
1110
      p->just_syms_flag = FALSE;
1111
      p->search_dirs_flag = TRUE;
1112
      break;
1113
    case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1114
      p->filename = name;
1115
      p->maybe_archive = FALSE;
1116
      p->real = TRUE;
1117
      p->local_sym_name = name;
1118
      p->just_syms_flag = FALSE;
1119
      p->search_dirs_flag = FALSE;
1120
      break;
1121
    default:
1122
      FAIL ();
1123
    }
1124
  p->the_bfd = NULL;
1125
  p->next_real_file = NULL;
1126
  p->next = NULL;
1127
  p->dynamic = config.dynamic_link;
1128
  p->add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1129
  p->add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1130
  p->whole_archive = whole_archive;
1131
  p->loaded = FALSE;
1132
  p->missing_file = FALSE;
1133
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
1134
  p->claimed = FALSE;
1135
  p->claim_archive = FALSE;
1136
#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
1137
 
1138
  lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1139
                         (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1140
                         &p->next_real_file);
1141
  return p;
1142
}
1143
 
1144
lang_input_statement_type *
1145
lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1146
                     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1147
                     const char *target)
1148
{
1149
  return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1150
}
1151
 
1152
struct out_section_hash_entry
1153
{
1154
  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1155
  lang_statement_union_type s;
1156
};
1157
 
1158
/* The hash table.  */
1159
 
1160
static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1161
 
1162
/* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1163
   initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table.  */
1164
 
1165
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1166
output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1167
                                  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1168
                                  const char *string)
1169
{
1170
  lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1171
  struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1172
 
1173
  if (entry == NULL)
1174
    {
1175
      entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1176
                                                           sizeof (*ret));
1177
      if (entry == NULL)
1178
        return entry;
1179
    }
1180
 
1181
  entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1182
  if (entry == NULL)
1183
    return entry;
1184
 
1185
  ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1186
  memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1187
  ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1188
  ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1189
  ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1190
  ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1191
  lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1192
  lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1193
 
1194
  /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1195
     first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1196
     field of the last element of the list.  */
1197
  if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1198
    ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1199
      = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1200
         ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1201
          - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1202
 
1203
  /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1204
     address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1205
     instead.  */
1206
  nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1207
  lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1208
                         &ret->s,
1209
                         (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1210
  return &ret->root;
1211
}
1212
 
1213
static void
1214
output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1215
{
1216
  if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1217
                              output_section_statement_newfunc,
1218
                              sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1219
                              61))
1220
    einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1221
}
1222
 
1223
static void
1224
output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1225
{
1226
  bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1227
}
1228
 
1229
/* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree.  */
1230
 
1231
void
1232
lang_init (void)
1233
{
1234
  obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1235
 
1236
  stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1237
 
1238
  output_section_statement_table_init ();
1239
 
1240
  lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1241
 
1242
  lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1243
  lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1244
  lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1245
  first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1246
                                    NULL);
1247
  abs_output_section =
1248
    lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1249
 
1250
  abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1251
 
1252
  /* The value "3" is ad-hoc, somewhat related to the expected number of
1253
     DEFINED expressions in a linker script.  For most default linker
1254
     scripts, there are none.  Why a hash table then?  Well, it's somewhat
1255
     simpler to re-use working machinery than using a linked list in terms
1256
     of code-complexity here in ld, besides the initialization which just
1257
     looks like other code here.  */
1258
  if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&lang_definedness_table,
1259
                              lang_definedness_newfunc,
1260
                              sizeof (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry),
1261
                              3))
1262
    einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1263
}
1264
 
1265
void
1266
lang_finish (void)
1267
{
1268
  output_section_statement_table_free ();
1269
}
1270
 
1271
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1272
  A region is an area of memory declared with the
1273
  MEMORY {  name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1274
  syntax.
1275
 
1276
  We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1277
 
1278
  If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1279
  which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1280
 
1281
  If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1282
  In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1283
  already been created.  If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1284
  dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1285
  and so we issue a warning.
1286
 
1287
  Each region has at least one name.  The first name is either
1288
  DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block.  You can add
1289
  alias names to an existing region within a script with
1290
  REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name).  Each name corresponds to at most one
1291
  region.  */
1292
 
1293
static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1294
static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1295
  = &lang_memory_region_list;
1296
 
1297
lang_memory_region_type *
1298
lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1299
{
1300
  lang_memory_region_name *n;
1301
  lang_memory_region_type *r;
1302
  lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1303
 
1304
  /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified.  */
1305
  if (name == NULL)
1306
    return NULL;
1307
 
1308
  for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1309
    for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1310
      if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1311
        {
1312
          if (create)
1313
            einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1314
                   name);
1315
          return r;
1316
        }
1317
 
1318
  if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1319
    einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"), name);
1320
 
1321
  new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1322
      stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1323
 
1324
  new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1325
  new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1326
  new_region->next = NULL;
1327
  new_region->origin = 0;
1328
  new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1329
  new_region->current = 0;
1330
  new_region->last_os = NULL;
1331
  new_region->flags = 0;
1332
  new_region->not_flags = 0;
1333
  new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1334
 
1335
  *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1336
  lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1337
 
1338
  return new_region;
1339
}
1340
 
1341
void
1342
lang_memory_region_alias (const char * alias, const char * region_name)
1343
{
1344
  lang_memory_region_name * n;
1345
  lang_memory_region_type * r;
1346
  lang_memory_region_type * region;
1347
 
1348
  /* The default region must be unique.  This ensures that it is not necessary
1349
     to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1350
     the default memory region.  */
1351
  if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1352
      || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1353
    einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"));
1354
 
1355
  /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1356
     in use.  */
1357
  region = NULL;
1358
  for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1359
    for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1360
      {
1361
        if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1362
          region = r;
1363
        if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1364
          einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region "
1365
                   "alias `%s'\n"),
1366
                 alias);
1367
      }
1368
 
1369
  /* Check if the target region exists.  */
1370
  if (region == NULL)
1371
    einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' "
1372
             "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1373
           region_name,
1374
           alias);
1375
 
1376
  /* Add alias to region name list.  */
1377
  n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1378
  n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1379
  n->next = region->name_list.next;
1380
  region->name_list.next = n;
1381
}
1382
 
1383
static lang_memory_region_type *
1384
lang_memory_default (asection * section)
1385
{
1386
  lang_memory_region_type *p;
1387
 
1388
  flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1389
 
1390
  /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section.  */
1391
  if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1392
    sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1393
 
1394
  for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1395
    {
1396
      if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1397
          && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1398
        {
1399
          return p;
1400
        }
1401
    }
1402
  return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1403
}
1404
 
1405
/* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1406
   If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1407
   match any non-negative constraint.  If CREATE, always make a
1408
   new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT.  */
1409
 
1410
lang_output_section_statement_type *
1411
lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1412
                                      int constraint,
1413
                                      bfd_boolean create)
1414
{
1415
  struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1416
 
1417
  entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1418
           bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1419
                            create, FALSE));
1420
  if (entry == NULL)
1421
    {
1422
      if (create)
1423
        einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1424
      return NULL;
1425
    }
1426
 
1427
  if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1428
    {
1429
      /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1430
         constraint.  */
1431
      struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1432
 
1433
      name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1434
      if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1435
        /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1436
           and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1437
           but that shouldn't matter.  */
1438
        last_ent = entry;
1439
      else
1440
        do
1441
          {
1442
            if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1443
                || (constraint == 0
1444
                    && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1445
              return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1446
            last_ent = entry;
1447
            entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1448
          }
1449
        while (entry != NULL
1450
               && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1451
 
1452
      if (!create)
1453
        return NULL;
1454
 
1455
      entry
1456
        = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1457
           output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1458
                                             &output_section_statement_table,
1459
                                             name));
1460
      if (entry == NULL)
1461
        {
1462
          einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1463
          return NULL;
1464
        }
1465
      entry->root = last_ent->root;
1466
      last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1467
    }
1468
 
1469
  entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1470
  entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1471
  return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1472
}
1473
 
1474
/* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1475
   If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1476
   match any non-negative constraint.  */
1477
 
1478
lang_output_section_statement_type *
1479
next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1480
                                        int constraint)
1481
{
1482
  /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1483
     struct out_section_hash_entry.  */
1484
  struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1485
    ((char *) os
1486
     - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1487
  const char *name = os->name;
1488
 
1489
  ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1490
  do
1491
    {
1492
      entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1493
      if (entry == NULL
1494
          || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1495
        return NULL;
1496
    }
1497
  while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1498
         && (constraint != 0
1499
             || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1500
 
1501
  return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1502
}
1503
 
1504
/* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1505
   Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1506
   statement for SEC.  If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1507
   sets *EXACT too.  */
1508
 
1509
lang_output_section_statement_type *
1510
lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1511
                                   lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1512
                                   lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1513
{
1514
  lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1515
  flagword flags;
1516
 
1517
  /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*.  May as well
1518
     skip it.  */
1519
  first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1520
  first = first->next;
1521
 
1522
  /* First try for an exact match.  */
1523
  found = NULL;
1524
  for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1525
    {
1526
      flags = look->flags;
1527
      if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1528
        {
1529
          flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1530
          if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1531
                                         look->bfd_section,
1532
                                         sec->owner, sec))
1533
            continue;
1534
        }
1535
      flags ^= sec->flags;
1536
      if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1537
                     | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1538
        found = look;
1539
    }
1540
  if (found != NULL)
1541
    {
1542
      if (exact != NULL)
1543
        *exact = found;
1544
      return found;
1545
    }
1546
 
1547
  if ((sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1548
      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1549
    {
1550
      /* Try for a rw code section.  */
1551
      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1552
        {
1553
          flags = look->flags;
1554
          if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1555
            {
1556
              flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1557
              if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1558
                                             look->bfd_section,
1559
                                             sec->owner, sec))
1560
                continue;
1561
            }
1562
          flags ^= sec->flags;
1563
          if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1564
                         | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1565
            found = look;
1566
        }
1567
    }
1568
  else if ((sec->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0
1569
           && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1570
    {
1571
      /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata.  */
1572
      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1573
        {
1574
          flags = look->flags;
1575
          if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1576
            {
1577
              flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1578
              if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1579
                                             look->bfd_section,
1580
                                             sec->owner, sec))
1581
                continue;
1582
            }
1583
          flags ^= sec->flags;
1584
          if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1585
                         | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1586
              || (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1587
                             | SEC_READONLY))
1588
                  && !(look->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1589
              || (!(flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC))
1590
                  && (look->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
1591
                  && (!(flags & SEC_LOAD)
1592
                      || (look->flags & SEC_LOAD))))
1593
            found = look;
1594
        }
1595
    }
1596
  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1597
           && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1598
    {
1599
      /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata.  */
1600
      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1601
        {
1602
          flags = look->flags;
1603
          if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1604
            {
1605
              flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1606
              if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1607
                                             look->bfd_section,
1608
                                             sec->owner, sec))
1609
                continue;
1610
            }
1611
          flags ^= sec->flags;
1612
          if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1613
                         | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1614
              || ((look->flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1615
                  && !(sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1616
            found = look;
1617
        }
1618
    }
1619
  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1620
           && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1621
    {
1622
      /* .data goes after .rodata.  */
1623
      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1624
        {
1625
          flags = look->flags;
1626
          if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1627
            {
1628
              flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1629
              if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1630
                                             look->bfd_section,
1631
                                             sec->owner, sec))
1632
                continue;
1633
            }
1634
          flags ^= sec->flags;
1635
          if (!(flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1636
                         | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1637
            found = look;
1638
        }
1639
    }
1640
  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1641
    {
1642
      /* .bss goes after any other alloc section.  */
1643
      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1644
        {
1645
          flags = look->flags;
1646
          if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1647
            {
1648
              flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1649
              if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1650
                                             look->bfd_section,
1651
                                             sec->owner, sec))
1652
                continue;
1653
            }
1654
          flags ^= sec->flags;
1655
          if (!(flags & SEC_ALLOC))
1656
            found = look;
1657
        }
1658
    }
1659
  else
1660
    {
1661
      /* non-alloc go last.  */
1662
      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1663
        {
1664
          flags = look->flags;
1665
          if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1666
            flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1667
          flags ^= sec->flags;
1668
          if (!(flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1669
            found = look;
1670
        }
1671
      return found;
1672
    }
1673
 
1674
  if (found || !match_type)
1675
    return found;
1676
 
1677
  return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, NULL, NULL);
1678
}
1679
 
1680
/* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1681
   Used by place_orphan.  */
1682
 
1683
static asection *
1684
output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1685
{
1686
  lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1687
 
1688
  for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1689
    {
1690
      if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1691
        continue;
1692
 
1693
      if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1694
        return lookup->bfd_section;
1695
    }
1696
 
1697
  return NULL;
1698
}
1699
 
1700
/* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement.  The
1701
   idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1702
   statement in a script, before we find another output section
1703
   statement.  Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1704
   are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases;  The first
1705
   assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1706
   Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1707
   similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1708
   insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1709
   image symbols.  */
1710
 
1711
static lang_statement_union_type **
1712
insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1713
{
1714
  lang_statement_union_type **where;
1715
  lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1716
  bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1717
 
1718
  ignore_first
1719
    = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1720
 
1721
  for (where = &after->header.next;
1722
       *where != NULL;
1723
       where = &(*where)->header.next)
1724
    {
1725
      switch ((*where)->header.type)
1726
        {
1727
        case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1728
          if (assign == NULL)
1729
            {
1730
              lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1731
 
1732
              ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1733
              if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1734
                  && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1735
                  && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1736
                  && !ignore_first)
1737
                assign = where;
1738
            }
1739
          ignore_first = FALSE;
1740
          continue;
1741
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1742
        case lang_input_section_enum:
1743
        case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1744
        case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1745
        case lang_data_statement_enum:
1746
        case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1747
        case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1748
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1749
          assign = NULL;
1750
          continue;
1751
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1752
          if (assign != NULL)
1753
            {
1754
              asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1755
 
1756
              if (s == NULL
1757
                  || s->map_head.s == NULL
1758
                  || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1759
                where = assign;
1760
            }
1761
          break;
1762
        case lang_input_statement_enum:
1763
        case lang_address_statement_enum:
1764
        case lang_target_statement_enum:
1765
        case lang_output_statement_enum:
1766
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
1767
        case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1768
          continue;
1769
        }
1770
      break;
1771
    }
1772
 
1773
  return where;
1774
}
1775
 
1776
lang_output_section_statement_type *
1777
lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1778
                    const char *secname,
1779
                    int constraint,
1780
                    lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1781
                    struct orphan_save *place,
1782
                    etree_type *address,
1783
                    lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1784
{
1785
  lang_statement_list_type add;
1786
  const char *ps;
1787
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1788
  lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1789
 
1790
  /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1791
     statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1792
     inserting them later into the global statement list.  */
1793
  if (after != NULL)
1794
    {
1795
      lang_list_init (&add);
1796
      push_stat_ptr (&add);
1797
    }
1798
 
1799
  if (link_info.relocatable || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1800
    address = exp_intop (0);
1801
 
1802
  os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1803
             lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1804
  os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1805
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint);
1806
 
1807
  ps = NULL;
1808
  if (config.build_constructors && *os_tail == os)
1809
    {
1810
      /* If the name of the section is representable in C, then create
1811
         symbols to mark the start and the end of the section.  */
1812
      for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
1813
        if (! ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
1814
          break;
1815
      if (*ps == '\0')
1816
        {
1817
          char *symname;
1818
          etree_type *e_align;
1819
 
1820
          symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__start_" + 1);
1821
          symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1822
          sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
1823
          e_align = exp_unop (ALIGN_K,
1824
                              exp_intop ((bfd_vma) 1 << s->alignment_power));
1825
          lang_add_assignment (exp_assign (".", e_align));
1826
          lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1827
                                            exp_unop (ABSOLUTE,
1828
                                                      exp_nameop (NAME, ".")),
1829
                                            FALSE));
1830
        }
1831
    }
1832
 
1833
  if (add_child == NULL)
1834
    add_child = &os->children;
1835
  lang_add_section (add_child, s, os);
1836
 
1837
  if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1838
    {
1839
      const char *region = (after->region
1840
                            ? after->region->name_list.name
1841
                            : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1842
      const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1843
                                ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1844
                                : NULL);
1845
      lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1846
                                           lma_region);
1847
    }
1848
  else
1849
    lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1850
                                         NULL);
1851
 
1852
  if (ps != NULL && *ps == '\0')
1853
    {
1854
      char *symname;
1855
 
1856
      symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__stop_" + 1);
1857
      symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1858
      sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__stop_%s", secname);
1859
      lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1860
                                        exp_nameop (NAME, "."),
1861
                                        FALSE));
1862
    }
1863
 
1864
  /* Restore the global list pointer.  */
1865
  if (after != NULL)
1866
    pop_stat_ptr ();
1867
 
1868
  if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1869
    {
1870
      asection *snew, *as;
1871
 
1872
      snew = os->bfd_section;
1873
 
1874
      /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1875
         neater.  This is really only cosmetic.  */
1876
      if (place->section == NULL
1877
          && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1878
                       ->output_section_statement))
1879
        {
1880
          asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1881
 
1882
          /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1883
             sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1884
             look for the closest prior output statement having an
1885
             output section.  */
1886
          if (bfd_section == NULL)
1887
            bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1888
 
1889
          if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1890
            place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1891
        }
1892
 
1893
      if (place->section == NULL)
1894
        place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1895
 
1896
      as = *place->section;
1897
 
1898
      if (!as)
1899
        {
1900
          /* Put the section at the end of the list.  */
1901
 
1902
          /* Unlink the section.  */
1903
          bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1904
 
1905
          /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1906
          bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1907
        }
1908
      else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1909
        {
1910
          /* Unlink the section.  */
1911
          bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1912
 
1913
          /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1914
          bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1915
        }
1916
 
1917
      /* Save the end of this list.  Further ophans of this type will
1918
         follow the one we've just added.  */
1919
      place->section = &snew->next;
1920
 
1921
      /* The following is non-cosmetic.  We try to put the output
1922
         statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1923
         determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1924
         In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1925
         require extra segments.  For instance, given a typical
1926
         situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1927
         following that a segment containing all the read-write
1928
         sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1929
         section before or amongst the read-only ones.  */
1930
      if (add.head != NULL)
1931
        {
1932
          lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1933
 
1934
          if (place->stmt == NULL)
1935
            {
1936
              lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1937
 
1938
              *add.tail = *where;
1939
              *where = add.head;
1940
 
1941
              place->os_tail = &after->next;
1942
            }
1943
          else
1944
            {
1945
              /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added.  */
1946
              *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1947
              *place->stmt = add.head;
1948
            }
1949
 
1950
          /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1951
             new list at the tail.  */
1952
          if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1953
            stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1954
 
1955
          /* Save the end of this list.  */
1956
          place->stmt = add.tail;
1957
 
1958
          /* Do the same for the list of output section statements.  */
1959
          newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1960
          *os_tail = NULL;
1961
          newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1962
            ((char *) place->os_tail
1963
             - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1964
          newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1965
          if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1966
            newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1967
          *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1968
          place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1969
 
1970
          /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
1971
             We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
1972
             trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
1973
             assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
1974
             the same place when assigning *place->os_tail.  */
1975
          if (*os_tail == NULL)
1976
            lang_output_section_statement.tail
1977
              = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
1978
        }
1979
    }
1980
  return os;
1981
}
1982
 
1983
static void
1984
lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
1985
{
1986
  if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
1987
    minfo ("a");
1988
 
1989
  if (flag & SEC_CODE)
1990
    minfo ("x");
1991
 
1992
  if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
1993
    minfo ("r");
1994
 
1995
  if (flag & SEC_DATA)
1996
    minfo ("w");
1997
 
1998
  if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
1999
    minfo ("l");
2000
}
2001
 
2002
void
2003
lang_map (void)
2004
{
2005
  lang_memory_region_type *m;
2006
  bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2007
  bfd *p;
2008
 
2009
  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2010
    {
2011
      asection *s;
2012
 
2013
      if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2014
          || file->just_syms_flag)
2015
        continue;
2016
 
2017
      for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2018
        if ((s->output_section == NULL
2019
             || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2020
            && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2021
          {
2022
            if (! dis_header_printed)
2023
              {
2024
                fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2025
                dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2026
              }
2027
 
2028
            print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2029
          }
2030
    }
2031
 
2032
  minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2033
  fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2034
           _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2035
 
2036
  for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2037
    {
2038
      char buf[100];
2039
      int len;
2040
 
2041
      fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2042
 
2043
      sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2044
      minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2045
      len = strlen (buf);
2046
      while (len < 16)
2047
        {
2048
          print_space ();
2049
          ++len;
2050
        }
2051
 
2052
      minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2053
      if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2054
        {
2055
#ifndef BFD64
2056
          minfo ("        ");
2057
#endif
2058
          if (m->flags)
2059
            {
2060
              print_space ();
2061
              lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2062
            }
2063
 
2064
          if (m->not_flags)
2065
            {
2066
              minfo (" !");
2067
              lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2068
            }
2069
        }
2070
 
2071
      print_nl ();
2072
    }
2073
 
2074
  fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2075
 
2076
  if (! link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2077
    {
2078
      obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2079
      for (p = link_info.input_bfds; p != (bfd *) NULL; p = p->link_next)
2080
        bfd_map_over_sections (p, init_map_userdata, 0);
2081
      bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2082
    }
2083
  lang_statement_iteration ++;
2084
  print_statements ();
2085
}
2086
 
2087
static void
2088
init_map_userdata (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2089
                   asection *sec,
2090
                   void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2091
{
2092
  fat_section_userdata_type *new_data
2093
    = ((fat_section_userdata_type *) (stat_alloc
2094
                                      (sizeof (fat_section_userdata_type))));
2095
 
2096
  ASSERT (get_userdata (sec) == NULL);
2097
  get_userdata (sec) = new_data;
2098
  new_data->map_symbol_def_tail = &new_data->map_symbol_def_head;
2099
  new_data->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2100
}
2101
 
2102
static bfd_boolean
2103
sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2104
                 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2105
{
2106
  if (hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2107
      || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2108
    {
2109
      struct fat_user_section_struct *ud;
2110
      struct map_symbol_def *def;
2111
 
2112
      ud = (struct fat_user_section_struct *)
2113
          get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2114
      if  (! ud)
2115
        {
2116
          /* ??? What do we have to do to initialize this beforehand?  */
2117
          /* The first time we get here is bfd_abs_section...  */
2118
          init_map_userdata (0, hash_entry->u.def.section, 0);
2119
          ud = (struct fat_user_section_struct *)
2120
              get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2121
        }
2122
      else if  (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2123
        ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2124
 
2125
      def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2126
      def->entry = hash_entry;
2127
      *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2128
      ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2129
      ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2130
    }
2131
  return TRUE;
2132
}
2133
 
2134
/* Initialize an output section.  */
2135
 
2136
static void
2137
init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2138
{
2139
  if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2140
    einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2141
 
2142
  if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2143
    s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2144
  if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2145
    s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2146
                                                         s->name, flags);
2147
  if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2148
    {
2149
      einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section called %s\n"),
2150
             link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2151
    }
2152
  s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2153
  s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2154
 
2155
  if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2156
    {
2157
      fat_section_userdata_type *new_userdata = (fat_section_userdata_type *)
2158
        stat_alloc (sizeof (fat_section_userdata_type));
2159
      memset (new_userdata, 0, sizeof (fat_section_userdata_type));
2160
      get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = new_userdata;
2161
    }
2162
 
2163
  /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2164
     mention are initialized.  */
2165
  if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2166
    exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2167
 
2168
  if (s->load_base != NULL)
2169
    exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2170
 
2171
  /* If supplied an alignment, set it.  */
2172
  if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2173
    s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2174
}
2175
 
2176
/* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2177
   initialized.  */
2178
 
2179
static void
2180
exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2181
{
2182
  switch (exp->type.node_class)
2183
    {
2184
    case etree_assign:
2185
    case etree_provide:
2186
      exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2187
      break;
2188
 
2189
    case etree_binary:
2190
      exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2191
      exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2192
      break;
2193
 
2194
    case etree_trinary:
2195
      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2196
      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2197
      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2198
      break;
2199
 
2200
    case etree_assert:
2201
      exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2202
      break;
2203
 
2204
    case etree_unary:
2205
      exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2206
      break;
2207
 
2208
    case etree_name:
2209
      switch (exp->type.node_code)
2210
        {
2211
        case ADDR:
2212
        case LOADADDR:
2213
        case SIZEOF:
2214
          {
2215
            lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2216
 
2217
            os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2218
            if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2219
              init_os (os, 0);
2220
          }
2221
        }
2222
      break;
2223
 
2224
    default:
2225
      break;
2226
    }
2227
}
2228
 
2229
static void
2230
section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2231
{
2232
  lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2233
 
2234
  /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2235
     discard all sections.  */
2236
  if (entry->just_syms_flag)
2237
    {
2238
      bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2239
      return;
2240
    }
2241
 
2242
  if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2243
    bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2244
}
2245
 
2246
/* The wild routines.
2247
 
2248
   These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2249
   explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2250
   foo.o(.text, .data).  */
2251
 
2252
/* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT.  Do this by creating a
2253
   lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR.  FILE is the
2254
   input file which holds SECTION.  */
2255
 
2256
void
2257
lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2258
                  asection *section,
2259
                  lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2260
{
2261
  flagword flags = section->flags;
2262 157 khays
  struct flag_info *sflag_info = section->section_flag_info;
2263
 
2264 145 khays
  bfd_boolean discard;
2265
  lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2266 157 khays
  bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2267 145 khays
 
2268
  /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
2269
  discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2270
 
2271
  /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2272
     DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.  */
2273
  if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2274
    discard = TRUE;
2275
 
2276
  /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2277
     information.  */
2278
  if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2279
      && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2280
    discard = TRUE;
2281
 
2282
  if (discard)
2283
    {
2284
      if (section->output_section == NULL)
2285
        {
2286
          /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section.  */
2287
          section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2288
        }
2289
      return;
2290
    }
2291
 
2292 157 khays
  if (sflag_info)
2293
    {
2294
      if (sflag_info->flags_initialized == FALSE)
2295
        bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info);
2296
 
2297
      if (sflag_info->only_with_flags != 0
2298
          && sflag_info->not_with_flags != 0
2299
          && ((sflag_info->not_with_flags & flags) != 0
2300
               || (sflag_info->only_with_flags & flags)
2301
                   != sflag_info->only_with_flags))
2302
        return;
2303
 
2304
      if (sflag_info->only_with_flags != 0
2305
          && (sflag_info->only_with_flags & flags)
2306
              != sflag_info->only_with_flags)
2307
        return;
2308
 
2309
      if (sflag_info->not_with_flags != 0
2310
          && (sflag_info->not_with_flags & flags) != 0)
2311
        return;
2312
    }
2313
 
2314 145 khays
  if (section->output_section != NULL)
2315
    return;
2316
 
2317
  /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2318
     to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2319
     SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2320
     section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2321
     build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2322
     the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.  */
2323
  flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2324
 
2325
  /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2326
     already been processed.  One reason to do this is that on pe
2327
     format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2328
     to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
2329
 
2330
  if (!link_info.relocatable)
2331
    flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2332
 
2333
  switch (output->sectype)
2334
    {
2335
    case normal_section:
2336
    case overlay_section:
2337
      break;
2338
    case noalloc_section:
2339
      flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2340
      break;
2341
    case noload_section:
2342
      flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2343
      flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2344
      /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2345
         meanings to NOLOAD in scripts.  ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2346
         alloc, no contents section.  All others get a noload, noalloc
2347
         section.  */
2348
      if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2349
        flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2350
      else
2351
        flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2352
      break;
2353
    }
2354
 
2355
  if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2356
    init_os (output, flags);
2357
 
2358
  /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2359
     it from the output section.  */
2360
  output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2361
 
2362
  if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2363
    {
2364
      /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section.  */
2365
      flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2366
 
2367
      /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same.  */
2368
      if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2369
          != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2370
          || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2371
              && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2372
        {
2373
          output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2374
          flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2375
        }
2376
    }
2377
  output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2378
 
2379
  if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2380
    {
2381
      output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2382
      /* This must happen after flags have been updated.  The output
2383
         section may have been created before we saw its first input
2384
         section, eg. for a data statement.  */
2385
      bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2386
                                     link_info.output_bfd,
2387
                                     output->bfd_section,
2388
                                     &link_info);
2389
      if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2390
        output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2391
    }
2392
 
2393
  if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2394
      && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2395
    {
2396
      /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd...  */
2397
      output->block_value = 128;
2398
    }
2399
 
2400
  if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2401
    output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2402
 
2403
  section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2404
 
2405
  if (!link_info.relocatable
2406
      && !stripped_excluded_sections)
2407
    {
2408
      asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2409
      output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2410
      section->map_head.s = NULL;
2411
      section->map_tail.s = s;
2412
      if (s != NULL)
2413
        s->map_head.s = section;
2414
      else
2415
        output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2416
    }
2417
 
2418
  /* Add a section reference to the list.  */
2419
  new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2420
  new_section->section = section;
2421
}
2422
 
2423
/* Handle wildcard sorting.  This returns the lang_input_section which
2424
   should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2425
   based on the sorting requirements of WILD.  It returns NULL if the
2426
   new section should just go at the end of the current list.  */
2427
 
2428
static lang_statement_union_type *
2429
wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2430
           struct wildcard_list *sec,
2431
           lang_input_statement_type *file,
2432
           asection *section)
2433
{
2434
  lang_statement_union_type *l;
2435
 
2436
  if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2437
      && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2438
    return NULL;
2439
 
2440
  for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2441
    {
2442
      lang_input_section_type *ls;
2443
 
2444
      if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2445
        continue;
2446
      ls = &l->input_section;
2447
 
2448
      /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2449
         name.  */
2450
 
2451
      if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2452
        {
2453
          const char *fn, *ln;
2454
          bfd_boolean fa, la;
2455
          int i;
2456
 
2457
          /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2458
             dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2459
             the archive and then the name of the file within the
2460
             archive.  */
2461
 
2462
          if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2463
              && bfd_my_archive (file->the_bfd) != NULL)
2464
            {
2465
              fn = bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (file->the_bfd));
2466
              fa = TRUE;
2467
            }
2468
          else
2469
            {
2470
              fn = file->filename;
2471
              fa = FALSE;
2472
            }
2473
 
2474
          if (bfd_my_archive (ls->section->owner) != NULL)
2475
            {
2476
              ln = bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (ls->section->owner));
2477
              la = TRUE;
2478
            }
2479
          else
2480
            {
2481
              ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2482
              la = FALSE;
2483
            }
2484
 
2485
          i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2486
          if (i > 0)
2487
            continue;
2488
          else if (i < 0)
2489
            break;
2490
 
2491
          if (fa || la)
2492
            {
2493
              if (fa)
2494
                fn = file->filename;
2495
              if (la)
2496
                ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2497
 
2498
              i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2499
              if (i > 0)
2500
                continue;
2501
              else if (i < 0)
2502
                break;
2503
            }
2504
        }
2505
 
2506
      /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2507
         looking at the sections for this file.  */
2508
 
2509
      if (sec != NULL && sec->spec.sorted != none)
2510
        if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2511
          break;
2512
    }
2513
 
2514
  return l;
2515
}
2516
 
2517
/* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE.  SECTION may be
2518
   NULL, in which case it is a wild card.  */
2519
 
2520
static void
2521
output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2522
                         struct wildcard_list *sec,
2523
                         asection *section,
2524
                         lang_input_statement_type *file,
2525
                         void *output)
2526
{
2527
  lang_statement_union_type *before;
2528
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2529
 
2530
  os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2531
 
2532
  /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2533
  if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2534
    return;
2535
 
2536
  before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2537
 
2538
  /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2539
     should follow the one we are about to add.  If BEFORE
2540
     is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2541
     of the current list.  */
2542
 
2543
  if (before == NULL)
2544
    lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, os);
2545
  else
2546
    {
2547
      lang_statement_list_type list;
2548
      lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2549
 
2550
      lang_list_init (&list);
2551
      lang_add_section (&list, section, os);
2552
 
2553
      /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2554
         be NULL.  */
2555
      if (list.head != NULL)
2556
        {
2557
          ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2558
 
2559
          for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2560
               *pp != before;
2561
               pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2562
            ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2563
 
2564
          list.head->header.next = *pp;
2565
          *pp = list.head;
2566
        }
2567
    }
2568
}
2569
 
2570
/* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2571
   are readonly.  */
2572
 
2573
static void
2574
check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2575
                        struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2576
                        asection *section,
2577
                        lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2578
                        void *output)
2579
{
2580
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2581
 
2582
  os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2583
 
2584
  /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2585
  if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2586
    return;
2587
 
2588
  if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2589
    os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2590
}
2591
 
2592
/* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2593
   added to the statement tree.  We will see if it has been opened
2594
   already and had its symbols read.  If not then we'll read it.  */
2595
 
2596
static lang_input_statement_type *
2597
lookup_name (const char *name)
2598
{
2599
  lang_input_statement_type *search;
2600
 
2601
  for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2602
       search != NULL;
2603
       search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2604
    {
2605
      /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2606
         already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2607
         via the search directory lookup mechanism.  */
2608
      const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2609
 
2610
      if (filename != NULL
2611
          && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2612
        break;
2613
    }
2614
 
2615
  if (search == NULL)
2616
    search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2617
                        default_target, FALSE);
2618
 
2619
  /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2620
     don't add this file.  */
2621
  if (search->loaded || !search->real)
2622
    return search;
2623
 
2624
  if (! load_symbols (search, NULL))
2625
    return NULL;
2626
 
2627
  return search;
2628
}
2629
 
2630
/* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported.  */
2631
 
2632
struct excluded_lib
2633
{
2634
  char *name;
2635
  struct excluded_lib *next;
2636
};
2637
static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2638
 
2639
void
2640
add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2641
{
2642
  const char *p = list, *end;
2643
 
2644
  while (*p != '\0')
2645
    {
2646
      struct excluded_lib *entry;
2647
      end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2648
      if (end == NULL)
2649
        end = p + strlen (p);
2650
      entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2651
      entry->next = excluded_libs;
2652
      entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2653
      memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2654
      entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2655
      excluded_libs = entry;
2656
      if (*end == '\0')
2657
        break;
2658
      p = end + 1;
2659
    }
2660
}
2661
 
2662
static void
2663
check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2664
{
2665
  struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2666
 
2667
  while (lib)
2668
    {
2669
      int len = strlen (lib->name);
2670
      const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2671
 
2672
      if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2673
        {
2674
          abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2675
          return;
2676
        }
2677
 
2678
      if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2679
          && (filename[len] == '\0'
2680
              || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2681
                  && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2682
        {
2683
          abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2684
          return;
2685
        }
2686
 
2687
      lib = lib->next;
2688
    }
2689
}
2690
 
2691
/* Get the symbols for an input file.  */
2692
 
2693
bfd_boolean
2694
load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2695
              lang_statement_list_type *place)
2696
{
2697
  char **matching;
2698
 
2699
  if (entry->loaded)
2700
    return TRUE;
2701
 
2702
  ldfile_open_file (entry);
2703
 
2704
  /* Do not process further if the file was missing.  */
2705
  if (entry->missing_file)
2706
    return TRUE;
2707
 
2708
  if (! bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2709
      && ! bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2710
    {
2711
      bfd_error_type err;
2712
      bfd_boolean save_ldlang_sysrooted_script;
2713
      bfd_boolean save_add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2714
      bfd_boolean save_add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2715
      bfd_boolean save_whole_archive;
2716
 
2717
      err = bfd_get_error ();
2718
 
2719
      /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge.  */
2720
      if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2721
        return TRUE;
2722
 
2723
      if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2724
        {
2725
          char **p;
2726
 
2727
          einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2728
          einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2729
          for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2730
            einfo (" %s", *p);
2731
          einfo ("%F\n");
2732
        }
2733
      else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2734
               || place == NULL)
2735
        einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2736
 
2737
      bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2738
      entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2739
 
2740
      /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script.  */
2741
      ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2742
 
2743
      push_stat_ptr (place);
2744
      save_ldlang_sysrooted_script = ldlang_sysrooted_script;
2745
      ldlang_sysrooted_script = entry->sysrooted;
2746
      save_add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2747
      add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = entry->add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2748
      save_add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2749
      add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = entry->add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2750
      save_whole_archive = whole_archive;
2751
      whole_archive = entry->whole_archive;
2752
 
2753
      ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2754
      parser_input = input_script;
2755
      /* We want to use the same -Bdynamic/-Bstatic as the one for
2756
         ENTRY.  */
2757
      config.dynamic_link = entry->dynamic;
2758
      yyparse ();
2759
      ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2760
 
2761
      ldlang_sysrooted_script = save_ldlang_sysrooted_script;
2762
      add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = save_add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2763
      add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = save_add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2764
      whole_archive = save_whole_archive;
2765
      pop_stat_ptr ();
2766
 
2767
      return TRUE;
2768
    }
2769
 
2770
  if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2771
    return TRUE;
2772
 
2773
  /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive.  Instead, the
2774
     add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2775
     add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2776
     which is used.  */
2777
  switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2778
    {
2779
    default:
2780
      break;
2781
 
2782
    case bfd_object:
2783
      ldlang_add_file (entry);
2784
      if (trace_files || trace_file_tries)
2785
        info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
2786
      break;
2787
 
2788
    case bfd_archive:
2789
      check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2790
 
2791
      if (entry->whole_archive)
2792
        {
2793
          bfd *member = NULL;
2794
          bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2795
 
2796
          for (;;)
2797
            {
2798
              bfd *subsbfd;
2799
              member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2800
 
2801
              if (member == NULL)
2802
                break;
2803
 
2804
              if (! bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2805
                {
2806
                  einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"),
2807
                         entry->the_bfd, member);
2808
                  loaded = FALSE;
2809
                }
2810
 
2811
              subsbfd = member;
2812
              if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2813
                    ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2814
                                            "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2815
                abort ();
2816
 
2817
              /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2818
                 substitute BFD for us.  */
2819
              if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2820
                {
2821
                  einfo (_("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n"), member);
2822
                  loaded = FALSE;
2823
                }
2824
            }
2825
 
2826
          entry->loaded = loaded;
2827
          return loaded;
2828
        }
2829
      break;
2830
    }
2831
 
2832
  if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2833
    entry->loaded = TRUE;
2834
  else
2835
    einfo (_("%F%B: could not read symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2836
 
2837
  return entry->loaded;
2838
}
2839
 
2840
/* Handle a wild statement.  S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2841
   may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard.  Separate
2842
   lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2843
   expansion; they are added after the wild statement S.  OUTPUT is
2844
   the output section.  */
2845
 
2846
static void
2847
wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2848
      const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2849
      lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2850
{
2851
  struct wildcard_list *sec;
2852
 
2853
  if (s->handler_data[0]
2854
      && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2855
      && !s->filenames_sorted)
2856
    {
2857
      lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2858
 
2859
      walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2860
 
2861
      tree = s->tree;
2862
      if (tree)
2863
        {
2864
          output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2865
          s->tree = NULL;
2866
        }
2867
    }
2868
  else
2869
    walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2870
 
2871
  if (default_common_section == NULL)
2872
    for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2873
      if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2874
        {
2875
          /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2876
             later get something which doesn't know where to put it.  */
2877
          default_common_section = output;
2878
          break;
2879
        }
2880
}
2881
 
2882
/* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target.  */
2883
 
2884
static int
2885
get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2886
{
2887
  const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2888
 
2889
  return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2890
}
2891
 
2892
/* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well.  */
2893
 
2894
static void
2895
stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2896
{
2897
  char c;
2898
 
2899
  while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2900
    *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2901
 
2902
  *dest = 0;
2903
}
2904
 
2905
/* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2906
   from haystack.  */
2907
 
2908
static void
2909
strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2910
{
2911
  haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2912
 
2913
  if (haystack)
2914
    {
2915
      char *src;
2916
 
2917
      for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2918
        *haystack++ = *src++;
2919
 
2920
      *haystack = 0;
2921
    }
2922
}
2923
 
2924
/* Compare two target format name strings.
2925
   Return a value indicating how "similar" they are.  */
2926
 
2927
static int
2928
name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2929
{
2930
  char *copy1;
2931
  char *copy2;
2932
  int result;
2933
 
2934
  copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2935
  copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2936
 
2937
  /* Convert the names to lower case.  */
2938
  stricpy (copy1, first);
2939
  stricpy (copy2, second);
2940
 
2941
  /* Remove size and endian strings from the name.  */
2942
  strcut (copy1, "big");
2943
  strcut (copy1, "little");
2944
  strcut (copy2, "big");
2945
  strcut (copy2, "little");
2946
 
2947
  /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2948
     starting from the beginning.   If both strings are
2949
     the same then return 10 * their length.  */
2950
  for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2951
    if (copy1[result] == 0)
2952
      {
2953
        result *= 10;
2954
        break;
2955
      }
2956
 
2957
  free (copy1);
2958
  free (copy2);
2959
 
2960
  return result;
2961
}
2962
 
2963
/* Set by closest_target_match() below.  */
2964
static const bfd_target *winner;
2965
 
2966
/* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
2967
   requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
2968
   match to the original output target.  */
2969
 
2970
static int
2971
closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2972
{
2973
  const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
2974
 
2975
  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
2976
      && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
2977
    return 0;
2978
 
2979
  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
2980
      && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
2981
    return 0;
2982
 
2983
  /* Must be the same flavour.  */
2984
  if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
2985
    return 0;
2986
 
2987
  /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors.  */
2988
  if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
2989
      || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
2990
      || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
2991
      || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
2992
    return 0;
2993
 
2994
  /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one.  */
2995
  if (winner == NULL)
2996
    {
2997
      winner = target;
2998
      return 0;
2999
    }
3000
 
3001
  /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3002
     Compare their names and choose the better one.  */
3003
  if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3004
      > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3005
    winner = target;
3006
 
3007
  /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all.  */
3008
  return 0;
3009
}
3010
 
3011
/* Return the BFD target format of the first input file.  */
3012
 
3013
static char *
3014
get_first_input_target (void)
3015
{
3016
  char *target = NULL;
3017
 
3018
  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3019
    {
3020
      if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3021
          && s->real)
3022
        {
3023
          ldfile_open_file (s);
3024
 
3025
          if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3026
              && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3027
            {
3028
              target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3029
 
3030
              if (target != NULL)
3031
                break;
3032
            }
3033
        }
3034
    }
3035
 
3036
  return target;
3037
}
3038
 
3039
const char *
3040
lang_get_output_target (void)
3041
{
3042
  const char *target;
3043
 
3044
  /* Has the user told us which output format to use?  */
3045
  if (output_target != NULL)
3046
    return output_target;
3047
 
3048
  /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3049
     the default?  */
3050 157 khays
  if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3051 145 khays
    return current_target;
3052
 
3053
  /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file?  */
3054
  target = get_first_input_target ();
3055
  if (target != NULL)
3056
    return target;
3057
 
3058
  /* Failed - use the default output target.  */
3059
  return default_target;
3060
}
3061
 
3062
/* Open the output file.  */
3063
 
3064
static void
3065
open_output (const char *name)
3066
{
3067
  output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3068
 
3069
  /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3070
     line?  */
3071
  if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3072
    {
3073
      const bfd_target *target;
3074
      enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3075
 
3076
      /* Get the chosen target.  */
3077
      target = bfd_search_for_target (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3078
 
3079
      /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything.  */
3080
      if (target != NULL)
3081
        {
3082
          if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3083
            desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3084
          else
3085
            desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3086
 
3087
          /* See if the target has the wrong endianness.  This should
3088
             not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3089
             little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3090
             this.  */
3091
          if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3092
            {
3093
              /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3094
                 an alternative with the correct endianness.  */
3095
              if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3096
                  && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3097
                output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3098
              else
3099
                {
3100
                  /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3101
                     the default target, but which has the desired
3102
                     endian characteristic.  */
3103
                  bfd_search_for_target (closest_target_match,
3104
                                         (void *) target);
3105
 
3106
                  /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3107
                     satisfy our requirements.  */
3108
                  if (winner == NULL)
3109
                    einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3110
                             " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3111
                  else
3112
                    output_target = winner->name;
3113
                }
3114
            }
3115
        }
3116
    }
3117
 
3118
  link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3119
 
3120
  if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3121
    {
3122
      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3123
        einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3124
 
3125
      einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3126
    }
3127
 
3128
  delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3129
 
3130
  if (! bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3131
    einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3132
  if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3133
                           ldfile_output_architecture,
3134
                           ldfile_output_machine))
3135
    einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3136
 
3137
  link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3138
  if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3139
    einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3140
 
3141
  bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3142
}
3143
 
3144
static void
3145
ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3146
{
3147
  switch (statement->header.type)
3148
    {
3149
    case lang_output_statement_enum:
3150
      ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3151
      open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3152
      ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3153
      if (config.magic_demand_paged && !link_info.relocatable)
3154
        link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3155
      else
3156
        link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3157
      if (config.text_read_only)
3158
        link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3159
      else
3160
        link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3161
      if (link_info.traditional_format)
3162
        link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3163
      else
3164
        link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3165
      break;
3166
 
3167
    case lang_target_statement_enum:
3168
      current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3169
      break;
3170
    default:
3171
      break;
3172
    }
3173
}
3174
 
3175
/* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
3176
   For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
3177
   of two, so we can use shifts.  */
3178
#define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
3179
#define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
3180
 
3181
/* Support the above.  */
3182
static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
3183
 
3184
static void
3185
init_opb (void)
3186
{
3187
  unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3188
                                              ldfile_output_machine);
3189
  opb_shift = 0;
3190
  if (x > 1)
3191
    while ((x & 1) == 0)
3192
      {
3193
        x >>= 1;
3194
        ++opb_shift;
3195
      }
3196
  ASSERT (x == 1);
3197
}
3198
 
3199
/* Open all the input files.  */
3200
 
3201
enum open_bfd_mode
3202
  {
3203
    OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3204
    OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3205
    OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3206
  };
3207
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3208
static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3209
#endif
3210
 
3211
static void
3212
open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3213
{
3214
  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3215
    {
3216
      switch (s->header.type)
3217
        {
3218
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3219
          open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3220
          break;
3221
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3222
          open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3223
          break;
3224
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3225
          /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols.  */
3226
          if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3227
              && s->wild_statement.filename
3228
              && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3229
              && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3230
            lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3231
          open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3232
          break;
3233
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
3234
          {
3235
            struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3236
 
3237
            /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3238
               until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3239
               symbols.  */
3240
 
3241
            do
3242
              {
3243
                undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3244
                open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3245
                                 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3246
              }
3247
            while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3248
          }
3249
          break;
3250
        case lang_target_statement_enum:
3251
          current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3252
          break;
3253
        case lang_input_statement_enum:
3254
          if (s->input_statement.real)
3255
            {
3256
              lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3257
              lang_statement_list_type add;
3258
 
3259
              s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3260
 
3261
              /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3262
                 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3263
                 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3264
                 has been loaded already.  Do the same for a rescan.  */
3265
              if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3266
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3267
                  && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3268
                      || plugin_insert == NULL)
3269
#endif
3270
                  && !s->input_statement.whole_archive
3271
                  && s->input_statement.loaded
3272
                  && bfd_check_format (s->input_statement.the_bfd,
3273
                                       bfd_archive))
3274
                s->input_statement.loaded = FALSE;
3275
 
3276
              os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3277
              lang_list_init (&add);
3278
 
3279
              if (! load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3280
                config.make_executable = FALSE;
3281
 
3282
              if (add.head != NULL)
3283
                {
3284
                  /* If this was a script with output sections then
3285
                     tack any added statements on to the end of the
3286
                     list.  This avoids having to reorder the output
3287
                     section statement list.  Very likely the user
3288
                     forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3289
                     naive user expectations.  */
3290
                  if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3291
                    {
3292
                      einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3293
                               " did you forget -T?\n"),
3294
                             s->input_statement.filename);
3295
                      *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3296
                      stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3297
                    }
3298
                  else
3299
                    {
3300
                      *add.tail = s->header.next;
3301
                      s->header.next = add.head;
3302
                    }
3303
                }
3304
            }
3305
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3306
          /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3307
             files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan.  */
3308
          if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3309
            plugin_insert = NULL;
3310
#endif
3311
          break;
3312
        case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3313
          if (s->assignment_statement.exp->assign.hidden)
3314
            /* This is from a --defsym on the command line.  */
3315
            exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3316
          break;
3317
        default:
3318
          break;
3319
        }
3320
    }
3321
 
3322
  /* Exit if any of the files were missing.  */
3323
  if (missing_file)
3324
    einfo ("%F");
3325
}
3326
 
3327
/* Add a symbol to a hash of symbols used in DEFINED (NAME) expressions.  */
3328
 
3329
void
3330
lang_track_definedness (const char *name)
3331
{
3332
  if (bfd_hash_lookup (&lang_definedness_table, name, TRUE, FALSE) == NULL)
3333
    einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_hash_lookup failed creating symbol %s\n"), name);
3334
}
3335
 
3336
/* New-function for the definedness hash table.  */
3337
 
3338
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
3339
lang_definedness_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
3340
                          struct bfd_hash_table *table ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3341
                          const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3342
{
3343
  struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *ret
3344
    = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *) entry;
3345
 
3346
  if (ret == NULL)
3347
    ret = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *)
3348
      bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry));
3349
 
3350
  if (ret == NULL)
3351
    einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_hash_allocate failed creating symbol %s\n"), name);
3352
 
3353
  ret->iteration = -1;
3354
  return &ret->root;
3355
}
3356
 
3357
/* Return the iteration when the definition of NAME was last updated.  A
3358
   value of -1 means that the symbol is not defined in the linker script
3359
   or the command line, but may be defined in the linker symbol table.  */
3360
 
3361
int
3362
lang_symbol_definition_iteration (const char *name)
3363
{
3364
  struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *defentry
3365
    = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *)
3366
    bfd_hash_lookup (&lang_definedness_table, name, FALSE, FALSE);
3367
 
3368
  /* We've already created this one on the presence of DEFINED in the
3369
     script, so it can't be NULL unless something is borked elsewhere in
3370
     the code.  */
3371
  if (defentry == NULL)
3372
    FAIL ();
3373
 
3374
  return defentry->iteration;
3375
}
3376
 
3377
/* Update the definedness state of NAME.  */
3378
 
3379
void
3380
lang_update_definedness (const char *name, struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
3381
{
3382
  struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *defentry
3383
    = (struct lang_definedness_hash_entry *)
3384
    bfd_hash_lookup (&lang_definedness_table, name, FALSE, FALSE);
3385
 
3386
  /* We don't keep track of symbols not tested with DEFINED.  */
3387
  if (defentry == NULL)
3388
    return;
3389
 
3390
  /* If the symbol was already defined, and not from an earlier statement
3391
     iteration, don't update the definedness iteration, because that'd
3392
     make the symbol seem defined in the linker script at this point, and
3393
     it wasn't; it was defined in some object.  If we do anyway, DEFINED
3394
     would start to yield false before this point and the construct "sym =
3395
     DEFINED (sym) ? sym : X;" would change sym to X despite being defined
3396
     in an object.  */
3397
  if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
3398
      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_common
3399
      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_new
3400
      && defentry->iteration == -1)
3401
    return;
3402
 
3403
  defentry->iteration = lang_statement_iteration;
3404
}
3405
 
3406
/* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3407
   This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3408
   the time the ld command line is processed.  First we put the name
3409
   on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3410
   name to the symbol table.  */
3411
 
3412
typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3413
 
3414
#define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3415
 
3416
void
3417
ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3418
{
3419
  ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3420
 
3421
  undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3422
  new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3423
  new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3424
  ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3425
 
3426
  new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3427
 
3428
  if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3429
    insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3430
}
3431
 
3432
/* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table.  */
3433
 
3434
static void
3435
insert_undefined (const char *name)
3436
{
3437
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3438
 
3439
  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3440
  if (h == NULL)
3441
    einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3442
  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3443
    {
3444
      h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3445
      h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3446
      bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3447
    }
3448
}
3449
 
3450
/* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3451
   into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3452
   script file.  */
3453
 
3454
static void
3455
lang_place_undefineds (void)
3456
{
3457
  ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3458
 
3459
  for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3460
    insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3461
}
3462
 
3463
/* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections.  */
3464
 
3465
static void
3466
check_input_sections
3467
  (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3468
   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3469
{
3470
  for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3471
    {
3472
      switch (s->header.type)
3473
        {
3474
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3475
          walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3476
                     output_section_statement);
3477
          if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3478
            return;
3479
          break;
3480
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3481
          check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3482
                                output_section_statement);
3483
          if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3484
            return;
3485
          break;
3486
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
3487
          check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3488
                                output_section_statement);
3489
          if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3490
            return;
3491
          break;
3492
        default:
3493
          break;
3494
        }
3495
    }
3496
}
3497
 
3498
/* Update wildcard statements if needed.  */
3499
 
3500
static void
3501
update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3502
{
3503
  struct wildcard_list *sec;
3504
 
3505
  switch (sort_section)
3506
    {
3507
    default:
3508
      FAIL ();
3509
 
3510
    case none:
3511
      break;
3512
 
3513
    case by_name:
3514
    case by_alignment:
3515
      for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3516
        {
3517
          switch (s->header.type)
3518
            {
3519
            default:
3520
              break;
3521
 
3522
            case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3523
              sec = s->wild_statement.section_list;
3524
              for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3525
                   sec = sec->next)
3526
                {
3527
                  switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3528
                    {
3529
                    case none:
3530
                      sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3531
                      break;
3532
                    case by_name:
3533
                      if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3534
                        sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3535
                      break;
3536
                    case by_alignment:
3537
                      if (sort_section == by_name)
3538
                        sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3539
                      break;
3540
                    default:
3541
                      break;
3542
                    }
3543
                }
3544
              break;
3545
 
3546
            case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3547
              update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3548
              break;
3549
 
3550
            case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3551
              update_wild_statements
3552
                (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3553
              break;
3554
 
3555
            case lang_group_statement_enum:
3556
              update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3557
              break;
3558
            }
3559
        }
3560
      break;
3561
    }
3562
}
3563
 
3564
/* Open input files and attach to output sections.  */
3565
 
3566
static void
3567
map_input_to_output_sections
3568
  (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3569
   lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3570
{
3571
  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3572
    {
3573
      lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3574
      flagword flags;
3575
 
3576
      switch (s->header.type)
3577
        {
3578
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3579
          wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3580
          break;
3581
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3582
          map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3583
                                        target,
3584
                                        os);
3585
          break;
3586
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3587
          tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3588
          if (tos->constraint != 0)
3589
            {
3590
              if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3591
                  && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3592
                break;
3593
              tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3594
              check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3595
              if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3596
                {
3597
                  tos->constraint = -1;
3598
                  break;
3599
                }
3600
            }
3601
          map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3602
                                        target,
3603
                                        tos);
3604
          break;
3605
        case lang_output_statement_enum:
3606
          break;
3607
        case lang_target_statement_enum:
3608
          target = s->target_statement.target;
3609
          break;
3610
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
3611
          map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3612
                                        target,
3613
                                        os);
3614
          break;
3615
        case lang_data_statement_enum:
3616
          /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3617
             are initialized.  */
3618
          exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3619
          /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3620
             these may be overridden by the script.  */
3621
          flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3622
          switch (os->sectype)
3623
            {
3624
            case normal_section:
3625
            case overlay_section:
3626
              break;
3627
            case noalloc_section:
3628
              flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3629
              break;
3630
            case noload_section:
3631
              if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3632
                  == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3633
                flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3634
              else
3635
                flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3636
              break;
3637
            }
3638
          if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3639
            init_os (os, flags);
3640
          else
3641
            os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3642
          break;
3643
        case lang_input_section_enum:
3644
          break;
3645
        case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3646
        case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3647
        case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3648
        case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3649
        case lang_input_statement_enum:
3650
          if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3651
            init_os (os, 0);
3652
          break;
3653
        case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3654
          if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3655
            init_os (os, 0);
3656
 
3657
          /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3658
             are initialized.  */
3659
          exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3660
          break;
3661
        case lang_address_statement_enum:
3662
          /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3663
             If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3664
             directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3665
             processed the segment marker.  Originally, the linker
3666
             treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3667
             command-line) as section directives.  We honor the
3668
             section directive semantics for backwards compatibilty;
3669
             linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3670
             SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics.  */
3671
          if (!s->address_statement.segment
3672
              || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3673
            {
3674
              const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3675
 
3676
              /* Create the output section statement here so that
3677
                 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3678
                 script sections.  If we let the orphan placement code
3679
                 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3680
                 will affect following script sections, which is
3681
                 likely to surprise naive users.  */
3682
              tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3683
              tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3684
              if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3685
                init_os (tos, 0);
3686
            }
3687
          break;
3688
        case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3689
          break;
3690
        }
3691
    }
3692
}
3693
 
3694
/* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3695
   start of the list and places them after the output section
3696
   statement specified by the insert.  This operation is complicated
3697
   by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3698
   statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.  */
3699
 
3700
static void
3701
process_insert_statements (void)
3702
{
3703
  lang_statement_union_type **s;
3704
  lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3705
  lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3706
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3707
 
3708
  /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3709
     the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3710
     reordered.  */
3711
  s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3712
  while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3713
    {
3714
      if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3715
        {
3716
          /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3717
             statement in the sequence we may be about to move.  */
3718
          os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3719
 
3720
          ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3721
          last_os = os;
3722
 
3723
          /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3724
             won't match this output section statement.  At this
3725
             stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3726
             [-1, ONLY_IN_RW].  */
3727
          last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3728
          if (first_os == NULL)
3729
            first_os = last_os;
3730
        }
3731
      else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3732
        {
3733
          lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3734
          lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3735
          lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3736
          lang_statement_union_type *first;
3737
 
3738
          where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3739
          if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3740
            {
3741
              do
3742
                where = where->prev;
3743
              while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3744
            }
3745
          if (where == NULL)
3746
            {
3747
              einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3748
              return;
3749
            }
3750
 
3751
          /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list.  */
3752
          if (last_os != NULL)
3753
            {
3754
              asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3755
              struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3756
 
3757
              /* Snip out the output sections we are moving.  */
3758
              first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3759
              if (last_os->next == NULL)
3760
                {
3761
                  next = &first_os->prev->next;
3762
                  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3763
                    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3764
                }
3765
              else
3766
                last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3767
              /* Add them in at the new position.  */
3768
              last_os->next = where->next;
3769
              if (where->next == NULL)
3770
                {
3771
                  next = &last_os->next;
3772
                  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3773
                    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3774
                }
3775
              else
3776
                where->next->prev = last_os;
3777
              first_os->prev = where;
3778
              where->next = first_os;
3779
 
3780
              /* Move the bfd sections in the same way.  */
3781
              first_sec = NULL;
3782
              last_sec = NULL;
3783
              for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3784
                {
3785
                  os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3786
                  if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3787
                      && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3788
                    {
3789
                      last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3790
                      if (first_sec == NULL)
3791
                        first_sec = last_sec;
3792
                    }
3793
                  if (os == last_os)
3794
                    break;
3795
                }
3796
              if (last_sec != NULL)
3797
                {
3798
                  asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3799
                  if (sec == NULL)
3800
                    sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3801
 
3802
                  /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3803
                     sections we are moving.  So if we find no
3804
                     section or if the section is the same as our
3805
                     last section, then no move is needed.  */
3806
                  if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3807
                    {
3808
                      /* Trim them off.  */
3809
                      if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3810
                        first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3811
                      else
3812
                        link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3813
                      if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3814
                        last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3815
                      else
3816
                        link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3817
                      /* Add back.  */
3818
                      last_sec->next = sec->next;
3819
                      if (sec->next != NULL)
3820
                        sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3821
                      else
3822
                        link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3823
                      first_sec->prev = sec;
3824
                      sec->next = first_sec;
3825
                    }
3826
                }
3827
 
3828
              first_os = NULL;
3829
              last_os = NULL;
3830
            }
3831
 
3832
          ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3833
          /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3834
             know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3835
             the insert statement we are currently processing.  */
3836
          first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3837
          lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3838
          /* Add them back where they belong.  */
3839
          *s = *ptr;
3840
          if (*s == NULL)
3841
            statement_list.tail = s;
3842
          *ptr = first;
3843
          s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3844
        }
3845
    }
3846
 
3847
  /* Undo constraint twiddling.  */
3848
  for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3849
    {
3850
      os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3851
      if (os == last_os)
3852
        break;
3853
    }
3854
}
3855
 
3856
/* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3857
   added.  For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3858
   sections if they turn out to be not needed.  Clean them up here.  */
3859
 
3860
void
3861
strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3862
{
3863
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3864
 
3865
  /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done).  */
3866
  if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3867
    {
3868
      expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3869
      expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
3870
      one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3871
      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3872
    }
3873
 
3874
  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3875
       os != NULL;
3876
       os = os->next)
3877
    {
3878
      asection *output_section;
3879
      bfd_boolean exclude;
3880
 
3881
      if (os->constraint < 0)
3882
        continue;
3883
 
3884
      output_section = os->bfd_section;
3885
      if (output_section == NULL)
3886
        continue;
3887
 
3888
      exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3889
                 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3890
                 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3891
                                                    output_section));
3892
 
3893
      /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3894
         .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash.  These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3895
         input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3896
         input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
3897
      if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3898
        {
3899
          asection *s;
3900
 
3901
          for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3902
            if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3903
                && (s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
3904
              {
3905
                exclude = FALSE;
3906
                break;
3907
              }
3908
        }
3909
 
3910
      /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders.  */
3911
      output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3912
      output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3913
 
3914
      if (exclude)
3915
        {
3916
          /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3917
             removed output section statement may still be used.  */
3918
          if (!os->section_relative_symbol
3919
              && !os->update_dot_tree)
3920
            os->ignored = TRUE;
3921
          output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3922
          bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3923
          link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3924
        }
3925
    }
3926
 
3927
  /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3928
     and map_tail link_order fields.  */
3929
  stripped_excluded_sections = TRUE;
3930
}
3931
 
3932
static void
3933
print_output_section_statement
3934
  (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3935
{
3936
  asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3937
  int len;
3938
 
3939
  if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3940
    {
3941
      minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3942
 
3943
      if (section != NULL)
3944
        {
3945
          print_dot = section->vma;
3946
 
3947
          len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3948
          if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
3949
            {
3950
              print_nl ();
3951
              len = 0;
3952
            }
3953
          while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
3954
            {
3955
              print_space ();
3956
              ++len;
3957
            }
3958
 
3959
          minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, section->size);
3960
 
3961
          if (section->vma != section->lma)
3962
            minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
3963
 
3964
          if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
3965
            exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
3966
                           bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
3967
        }
3968
 
3969
      print_nl ();
3970
    }
3971
 
3972
  print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
3973
                        output_section_statement);
3974
}
3975
 
3976
/* Scan for the use of the destination in the right hand side
3977
   of an expression.  In such cases we will not compute the
3978
   correct expression, since the value of DST that is used on
3979
   the right hand side will be its final value, not its value
3980
   just before this expression is evaluated.  */
3981
 
3982
static bfd_boolean
3983
scan_for_self_assignment (const char * dst, etree_type * rhs)
3984
{
3985
  if (rhs == NULL || dst == NULL)
3986
    return FALSE;
3987
 
3988
  switch (rhs->type.node_class)
3989
    {
3990
    case etree_binary:
3991
      return (scan_for_self_assignment (dst, rhs->binary.lhs)
3992
              || scan_for_self_assignment (dst, rhs->binary.rhs));
3993
 
3994
    case etree_trinary:
3995
      return (scan_for_self_assignment (dst, rhs->trinary.lhs)
3996
              || scan_for_self_assignment (dst, rhs->trinary.rhs));
3997
 
3998
    case etree_assign:
3999
    case etree_provided:
4000
    case etree_provide:
4001
      if (strcmp (dst, rhs->assign.dst) == 0)
4002
        return TRUE;
4003
      return scan_for_self_assignment (dst, rhs->assign.src);
4004
 
4005
    case etree_unary:
4006
      return scan_for_self_assignment (dst, rhs->unary.child);
4007
 
4008
    case etree_value:
4009
      if (rhs->value.str)
4010
        return strcmp (dst, rhs->value.str) == 0;
4011
      return FALSE;
4012
 
4013
    case etree_name:
4014
      if (rhs->name.name)
4015
        return strcmp (dst, rhs->name.name) == 0;
4016
      return FALSE;
4017
 
4018
    default:
4019
      break;
4020
    }
4021
 
4022
  return FALSE;
4023
}
4024
 
4025
 
4026
static void
4027
print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4028
                  lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4029
{
4030
  unsigned int i;
4031
  bfd_boolean is_dot;
4032
  bfd_boolean computation_is_valid = TRUE;
4033
  etree_type *tree;
4034
  asection *osec;
4035
 
4036
  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4037
    print_space ();
4038
 
4039
  if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4040
    {
4041
      is_dot = FALSE;
4042
      tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4043
      computation_is_valid = TRUE;
4044
    }
4045
  else
4046
    {
4047
      const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4048
 
4049
      is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4050
      tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4051
      computation_is_valid = is_dot || !scan_for_self_assignment (dst, tree);
4052
    }
4053
 
4054
  osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4055
  if (osec == NULL)
4056
    osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4057
  exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4058
  if (expld.result.valid_p)
4059
    {
4060
      bfd_vma value;
4061
 
4062
      if (computation_is_valid)
4063
        {
4064
          value = expld.result.value;
4065
 
4066
          if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4067
            value += expld.result.section->vma;
4068
 
4069
          minfo ("0x%V", value);
4070
          if (is_dot)
4071
            print_dot = value;
4072
        }
4073
      else
4074
        {
4075
          struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4076
 
4077
          h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4078
                                    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4079
          if (h)
4080
            {
4081
              value = h->u.def.value;
4082
              value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4083
              value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4084
 
4085
              minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4086
            }
4087
          else
4088
            minfo ("[unresolved]");
4089
        }
4090
    }
4091
  else
4092
    {
4093
      minfo ("*undef*   ");
4094
#ifdef BFD64
4095
      minfo ("        ");
4096
#endif
4097
    }
4098
 
4099
  minfo ("                ");
4100
  exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4101
  print_nl ();
4102
}
4103
 
4104
static void
4105
print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4106
{
4107
  if (statm->filename != NULL
4108
      && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4109
          || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4110
    fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4111
}
4112
 
4113
/* Print all symbols defined in a particular section.  This is called
4114
   via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols.  */
4115
 
4116
static bfd_boolean
4117
print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4118
{
4119
  asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4120
 
4121
  if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4122
       || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4123
      && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4124
    {
4125
      int i;
4126
 
4127
      for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4128
        print_space ();
4129
      minfo ("0x%V   ",
4130
             (hash_entry->u.def.value
4131
              + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4132
              + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4133
 
4134
      minfo ("             %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4135
    }
4136
 
4137
  return TRUE;
4138
}
4139
 
4140
static int
4141
hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4142
{
4143
  const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4144
  const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4145
 
4146
  if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4147
    return -1;
4148
  else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4149
    return 1;
4150
  else
4151
    return 0;
4152
}
4153
 
4154
static void
4155
print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4156
{
4157
  struct fat_user_section_struct *ud =
4158
      (struct fat_user_section_struct *) get_userdata (sec);
4159
  struct map_symbol_def *def;
4160
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4161
  unsigned int i;
4162
 
4163
  if (!ud)
4164
    return;
4165
 
4166
  *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4167
 
4168
  /* Sort the symbols by address.  */
4169
  entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4170
      obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4171
 
4172
  for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4173
    entries[i] = def->entry;
4174
 
4175
  qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4176
         hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4177
 
4178
  /* Print the symbols.  */
4179
  for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4180
    print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4181
 
4182
  obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4183
}
4184
 
4185
/* Print information about an input section to the map file.  */
4186
 
4187
static void
4188
print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4189
{
4190
  bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4191
  int len;
4192
  bfd_vma addr;
4193
 
4194
  init_opb ();
4195
 
4196
  print_space ();
4197
  minfo ("%s", i->name);
4198
 
4199
  len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4200
  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4201
    {
4202
      print_nl ();
4203
      len = 0;
4204
    }
4205
  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4206
    {
4207
      print_space ();
4208
      ++len;
4209
    }
4210
 
4211
  if (i->output_section != NULL
4212
      && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4213
    addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4214
  else
4215
    {
4216
      addr = print_dot;
4217
      if (!is_discarded)
4218
        size = 0;
4219
    }
4220
 
4221
  minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4222
 
4223
  if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4224
    {
4225
      len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4226
#ifdef BFD64
4227
      len += 16;
4228
#else
4229
      len += 8;
4230
#endif
4231
      while (len > 0)
4232
        {
4233
          print_space ();
4234
          --len;
4235
        }
4236
 
4237
      minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4238
    }
4239
 
4240
  if (i->output_section != NULL
4241
      && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4242
    {
4243
      if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4244
        bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4245
      else
4246
        print_all_symbols (i);
4247
 
4248
      /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4249
         backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4250
         later overlay is shorter than an earier one.  */
4251
      if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4252
        print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4253
    }
4254
}
4255
 
4256
static void
4257
print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4258
{
4259
  size_t size;
4260
  unsigned char *p;
4261
  fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4262
  for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4263
    fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4264
  fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4265
}
4266
 
4267
static void
4268
print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4269
{
4270
  int i;
4271
  bfd_vma addr;
4272
  bfd_size_type size;
4273
  const char *name;
4274
 
4275
  init_opb ();
4276
  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4277
    print_space ();
4278
 
4279
  addr = data->output_offset;
4280
  if (data->output_section != NULL)
4281
    addr += data->output_section->vma;
4282
 
4283
  switch (data->type)
4284
    {
4285
    default:
4286
      abort ();
4287
    case BYTE:
4288
      size = BYTE_SIZE;
4289
      name = "BYTE";
4290
      break;
4291
    case SHORT:
4292
      size = SHORT_SIZE;
4293
      name = "SHORT";
4294
      break;
4295
    case LONG:
4296
      size = LONG_SIZE;
4297
      name = "LONG";
4298
      break;
4299
    case QUAD:
4300
      size = QUAD_SIZE;
4301
      name = "QUAD";
4302
      break;
4303
    case SQUAD:
4304
      size = QUAD_SIZE;
4305
      name = "SQUAD";
4306
      break;
4307
    }
4308
 
4309
  minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, size, name, data->value);
4310
 
4311
  if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4312
    {
4313
      print_space ();
4314
      exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4315
    }
4316
 
4317
  print_nl ();
4318
 
4319
  print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4320
}
4321
 
4322
/* Print an address statement.  These are generated by options like
4323
   -Ttext.  */
4324
 
4325
static void
4326
print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4327
{
4328
  minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4329
  exp_print_tree (address->address);
4330
  print_nl ();
4331
}
4332
 
4333
/* Print a reloc statement.  */
4334
 
4335
static void
4336
print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4337
{
4338
  int i;
4339
  bfd_vma addr;
4340
  bfd_size_type size;
4341
 
4342
  init_opb ();
4343
  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4344
    print_space ();
4345
 
4346
  addr = reloc->output_offset;
4347
  if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4348
    addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4349
 
4350
  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4351
 
4352
  minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, size, reloc->howto->name);
4353
 
4354
  if (reloc->name != NULL)
4355
    minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4356
  else
4357
    minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4358
 
4359
  exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4360
 
4361
  print_nl ();
4362
 
4363
  print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4364
}
4365
 
4366
static void
4367
print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4368
{
4369
  int len;
4370
  bfd_vma addr;
4371
 
4372
  init_opb ();
4373
  minfo (" *fill*");
4374
 
4375
  len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4376
  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4377
    {
4378
      print_space ();
4379
      ++len;
4380
    }
4381
 
4382
  addr = s->output_offset;
4383
  if (s->output_section != NULL)
4384
    addr += s->output_section->vma;
4385
  minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, (bfd_vma) s->size);
4386
 
4387
  if (s->fill->size != 0)
4388
    {
4389
      size_t size;
4390
      unsigned char *p;
4391
      for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4392
        fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4393
    }
4394
 
4395
  print_nl ();
4396
 
4397
  print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4398
}
4399
 
4400
static void
4401
print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4402
                      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4403
{
4404
  struct wildcard_list *sec;
4405
 
4406
  print_space ();
4407
 
4408
  if (w->filenames_sorted)
4409
    minfo ("SORT(");
4410
  if (w->filename != NULL)
4411
    minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4412
  else
4413
    minfo ("*");
4414
  if (w->filenames_sorted)
4415
    minfo (")");
4416
 
4417
  minfo ("(");
4418
  for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4419
    {
4420
      if (sec->spec.sorted)
4421
        minfo ("SORT(");
4422
      if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4423
        {
4424
          name_list *tmp;
4425
          minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4426
          for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4427
            minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4428
          minfo (") ");
4429
        }
4430
      if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4431
        minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4432
      else
4433
        minfo ("*");
4434
      if (sec->spec.sorted)
4435
        minfo (")");
4436
      if (sec->next)
4437
        minfo (" ");
4438
    }
4439
  minfo (")");
4440
 
4441
  print_nl ();
4442
 
4443
  print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4444
}
4445
 
4446
/* Print a group statement.  */
4447
 
4448
static void
4449
print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4450
             lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4451
{
4452
  fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4453
  print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4454
  fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4455
}
4456
 
4457
/* Print the list of statements in S.
4458
   This can be called for any statement type.  */
4459
 
4460
static void
4461
print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4462
                      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4463
{
4464
  while (s != NULL)
4465
    {
4466
      print_statement (s, os);
4467
      s = s->header.next;
4468
    }
4469
}
4470
 
4471
/* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4472
   This can be called for any statement type.  */
4473
 
4474
static void
4475
print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4476
                 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4477
{
4478
  switch (s->header.type)
4479
    {
4480
    default:
4481
      fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4482
      FAIL ();
4483
      break;
4484
    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4485
      if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4486
        {
4487
          if (constructors_sorted)
4488
            minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4489
          else
4490
            minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4491
          print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4492
        }
4493
      break;
4494
    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4495
      print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4496
      break;
4497
    case lang_address_statement_enum:
4498
      print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4499
      break;
4500
    case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4501
      minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4502
      break;
4503
    case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4504
      print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4505
      break;
4506
    case lang_data_statement_enum:
4507
      print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4508
      break;
4509
    case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4510
      print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4511
      break;
4512
    case lang_input_section_enum:
4513
      print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4514
      break;
4515
    case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4516
      print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4517
      break;
4518
    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4519
      print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4520
      break;
4521
    case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4522
      print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4523
      break;
4524
    case lang_target_statement_enum:
4525
      fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4526
      break;
4527
    case lang_output_statement_enum:
4528
      minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4529
      if (output_target != NULL)
4530
        minfo (" %s", output_target);
4531
      minfo (")\n");
4532
      break;
4533
    case lang_input_statement_enum:
4534
      print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4535
      break;
4536
    case lang_group_statement_enum:
4537
      print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4538
      break;
4539
    case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4540
      minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4541
             s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4542
             s->insert_statement.where);
4543
      break;
4544
    }
4545
}
4546
 
4547
static void
4548
print_statements (void)
4549
{
4550
  print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4551
}
4552
 
4553
/* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4554
   If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4555
   If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4556
   Intended to be called from GDB.  */
4557
 
4558
void
4559
dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4560
{
4561
  FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4562
 
4563
  config.map_file = stderr;
4564
 
4565
  if (n < 0)
4566
    print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4567
  else
4568
    {
4569
      while (s && --n >= 0)
4570
        {
4571
          print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4572
          s = s->header.next;
4573
        }
4574
    }
4575
 
4576
  config.map_file = map_save;
4577
}
4578
 
4579
static void
4580
insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4581
            fill_type *fill,
4582
            unsigned int alignment_needed,
4583
            asection *output_section,
4584
            bfd_vma dot)
4585
{
4586
  static fill_type zero_fill = { 1, { 0 } };
4587
  lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4588
 
4589
  if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4590
    pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4591
           ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4592
  if (pad != NULL
4593
      && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4594
      && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4595
    {
4596
      /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4597
    }
4598
  else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4599
           && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4600
           && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4601
    {
4602
      /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4603
    }
4604
  else
4605
    {
4606
      /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain.  */
4607
      pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4608
          stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4609
      pad->header.next = *ptr;
4610
      *ptr = pad;
4611
      pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4612
      pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4613
      if (fill == NULL)
4614
        fill = &zero_fill;
4615
      pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4616
    }
4617
  pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4618
  pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4619
  output_section->size += alignment_needed;
4620
}
4621
 
4622
/* Work out how much this section will move the dot point.  */
4623
 
4624
static bfd_vma
4625
size_input_section
4626
  (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4627
   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4628
   fill_type *fill,
4629
   bfd_vma dot)
4630
{
4631
  lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4632
  asection *i = is->section;
4633
 
4634
  if (!((lang_input_statement_type *) i->owner->usrdata)->just_syms_flag
4635
      && (i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
4636
    {
4637
      unsigned int alignment_needed;
4638
      asection *o;
4639
 
4640
      /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4641
         then to the output section's requirement.  If this alignment
4642
         is greater than any seen before, then record it too.  Perform
4643
         the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement.  */
4644
 
4645
      if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4646
        i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4647
 
4648
      o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4649
      if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4650
        o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4651
 
4652
      alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4653
 
4654
      if (alignment_needed != 0)
4655
        {
4656
          insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4657
          dot += alignment_needed;
4658
        }
4659
 
4660
      /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes.  */
4661
 
4662
      i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4663
 
4664
      /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now.  */
4665
      dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4666
      o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4667
    }
4668
  else
4669
    {
4670
      i->output_offset = i->vma - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
4671
    }
4672
 
4673
  return dot;
4674
}
4675
 
4676
static int
4677
sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4678
{
4679
  const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4680
  const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4681
 
4682
  if (bfd_section_lma (sec1->owner, sec1)
4683
      < bfd_section_lma (sec2->owner, sec2))
4684
    return -1;
4685
  else if (bfd_section_lma (sec1->owner, sec1)
4686
           > bfd_section_lma (sec2->owner, sec2))
4687
    return 1;
4688
  else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4689
    return -1;
4690
  else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4691
    return 1;
4692
 
4693
  return 0;
4694
}
4695
 
4696
#define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4697
  ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0                           \
4698
   || ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0                \
4699
        && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0))
4700
 
4701
/* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4702
   sections.  This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4703
   section addresses of the two sections.  Also check whether any memory
4704
   region has overflowed.  */
4705
 
4706
static void
4707
lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4708
{
4709
  asection *s, *p;
4710
  asection **sections, **spp;
4711
  unsigned int count;
4712
  bfd_vma s_start;
4713
  bfd_vma s_end;
4714
  bfd_vma p_start;
4715
  bfd_vma p_end;
4716
  bfd_size_type amt;
4717
  lang_memory_region_type *m;
4718
 
4719
  if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4720
    return;
4721
 
4722
  amt = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) * sizeof (asection *);
4723
  sections = (asection **) xmalloc (amt);
4724
 
4725
  /* Scan all sections in the output list.  */
4726
  count = 0;
4727
  for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4728
    {
4729
      /* Only consider loadable sections with real contents.  */
4730
      if (!(s->flags & SEC_LOAD)
4731
          || !(s->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
4732
          || s->size == 0)
4733
        continue;
4734
 
4735
      sections[count] = s;
4736
      count++;
4737
    }
4738
 
4739
  if (count <= 1)
4740
    return;
4741
 
4742
  qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *),
4743
         sort_sections_by_lma);
4744
 
4745
  spp = sections;
4746
  s = *spp++;
4747
  s_start = s->lma;
4748
  s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4749
  for (count--; count; count--)
4750
    {
4751
      /* We must check the sections' LMA addresses not their VMA
4752
         addresses because overlay sections can have overlapping VMAs
4753
         but they must have distinct LMAs.  */
4754
      p = s;
4755
      p_start = s_start;
4756
      p_end = s_end;
4757
      s = *spp++;
4758
      s_start = s->lma;
4759
      s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4760
 
4761
      /* Look for an overlap.  We have sorted sections by lma, so we
4762
         know that s_start >= p_start.  Besides the obvious case of
4763
         overlap when the current section starts before the previous
4764
         one ends, we also must have overlap if the previous section
4765
         wraps around the address space.  */
4766
      if (s_start <= p_end
4767
          || p_end < p_start)
4768
        einfo (_("%X%P: section %s loaded at [%V,%V] overlaps section %s loaded at [%V,%V]\n"),
4769
               s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4770
    }
4771
 
4772
  free (sections);
4773
 
4774
  /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4775
     We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4776
     explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4777
     diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4778
 
4779
     FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4780
     might overflow a 32-bit integer.  There is, alas, no way to print
4781
     a bfd_vma quantity in decimal.  */
4782
  for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4783
    if (m->had_full_message)
4784
      einfo (_("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %ld bytes\n"),
4785
             m->name_list.name, (long)(m->current - (m->origin + m->length)));
4786
 
4787
}
4788
 
4789
/* Make sure the new address is within the region.  We explicitly permit the
4790
   current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4791
   non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4792
   calculation wraps around.  */
4793
 
4794
static void
4795
os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4796
                 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4797
                 etree_type *tree,
4798
                 bfd_vma rbase)
4799
{
4800
  if ((region->current < region->origin
4801
       || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4802
      && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4803
          || rbase == 0))
4804
    {
4805
      if (tree != NULL)
4806
        {
4807
          einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'"
4808
                   " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4809
                 region->current,
4810
                 os->bfd_section->owner,
4811
                 os->bfd_section->name,
4812
                 region->name_list.name);
4813
        }
4814
      else if (!region->had_full_message)
4815
        {
4816
          region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4817
 
4818
          einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4819
                 os->bfd_section->owner,
4820
                 os->bfd_section->name,
4821
                 region->name_list.name);
4822
        }
4823
    }
4824
}
4825
 
4826
/* Set the sizes for all the output sections.  */
4827
 
4828
static bfd_vma
4829
lang_size_sections_1
4830
  (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
4831
   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4832
   fill_type *fill,
4833
   bfd_vma dot,
4834
   bfd_boolean *relax,
4835
   bfd_boolean check_regions)
4836
{
4837
  lang_statement_union_type *s;
4838
 
4839
  /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts.  */
4840
  for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4841
    {
4842
      switch (s->header.type)
4843
        {
4844
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4845
          {
4846
            bfd_vma newdot, after;
4847
            lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4848
            lang_memory_region_type *r;
4849
            int section_alignment = 0;
4850
 
4851
            os = &s->output_section_statement;
4852
            if (os->constraint == -1)
4853
              break;
4854
 
4855
            /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
4856
               here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
4857
               This is covering for coff backend linker bugs.  See PR6945.  */
4858
            if (os->addr_tree == NULL
4859
                && link_info.relocatable
4860
                && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4861
                    == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4862
              os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
4863
            if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
4864
              {
4865
                os->processed_vma = FALSE;
4866
                exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
4867
 
4868
                if (expld.result.valid_p)
4869
                  {
4870
                    dot = expld.result.value;
4871
                    if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4872
                      dot += expld.result.section->vma;
4873
                  }
4874
                else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4875
                  einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference"
4876
                           " address expression for section %s\n"),
4877
                         os->name);
4878
              }
4879
 
4880
            if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4881
              /* This section was removed or never actually created.  */
4882
              break;
4883
 
4884
            /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
4885
               address from the input section.  FIXME: This is COFF
4886
               specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
4887
               to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind.  */
4888
            if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4889
                  == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
4890
                 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4891
                     == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4892
                && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
4893
              {
4894
                asection *input;
4895
 
4896
                if (os->children.head == NULL
4897
                    || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
4898
                    || (os->children.head->header.type
4899
                        != lang_input_section_enum))
4900
                  einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
4901
                           " section %s\n"), os->name);
4902
 
4903
                input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
4904
                bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
4905
                                     os->bfd_section,
4906
                                     bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
4907
                os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
4908
                break;
4909
              }
4910
 
4911
            newdot = dot;
4912
            if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
4913
              {
4914
                /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero.  */
4915
                ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
4916
              }
4917
            else
4918
              {
4919
                if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
4920
                  {
4921
                    /* No address specified for this section, get one
4922
                       from the region specification.  */
4923
                    if (os->region == NULL
4924
                        || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4925
                            && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
4926
                            && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
4927
                                       DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
4928
                      {
4929
                        os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
4930
                      }
4931
 
4932
                    /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
4933
                       region, and some non default memory regions were
4934
                       defined, issue an error message.  */
4935
                    if (!os->ignored
4936
                        && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
4937
                        && ! link_info.relocatable
4938
                        && check_regions
4939
                        && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
4940
                                   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
4941
                        && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
4942
                        && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
4943
                                    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
4944
                            || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
4945
                        && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4946
                      {
4947
                        /* By default this is an error rather than just a
4948
                           warning because if we allocate the section to the
4949
                           default memory region we can end up creating an
4950
                           excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
4951
                           attempting to perform a negative seek.  See
4952
                           sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
4953
                           for an example of this.  This behaviour can be
4954
                           overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
4955
                           switch.  */
4956
                        if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
4957
                          einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
4958
                                   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
4959
                                 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
4960
                                                       os->bfd_section));
4961
                        else
4962
                          einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
4963
                                   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
4964
                                 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
4965
                                                       os->bfd_section));
4966
                      }
4967
 
4968
                    newdot = os->region->current;
4969
                    section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
4970
                  }
4971
                else
4972
                  section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
4973
 
4974
                /* Align to what the section needs.  */
4975
                if (section_alignment > 0)
4976
                  {
4977
                    bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
4978
                    newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
4979
 
4980
                    if (newdot != savedot
4981
                        && (config.warn_section_align
4982
                            || os->addr_tree != NULL)
4983
                        && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4984
                      einfo (_("%P: warning: changing start of section"
4985
                               " %s by %lu bytes\n"),
4986
                             os->name, (unsigned long) (newdot - savedot));
4987
                  }
4988
 
4989
                bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
4990
 
4991
                os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
4992
              }
4993
 
4994
            lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
4995
                                  os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
4996
 
4997
            os->processed_vma = TRUE;
4998
 
4999
            if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5000
              /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5001
                 no output section should change from zero size
5002
                 after strip_excluded_output_sections.  A non-zero
5003
                 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5004
                 input section was not sized early enough.  */
5005
              ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5006
            else
5007
              {
5008
                dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5009
 
5010
                /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5011
                   align at the block boundary.  */
5012
                after = ((dot
5013
                          + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5014
                          + os->block_value - 1)
5015
                         & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5016
 
5017
                os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
5018
              }
5019
 
5020
            /* Set section lma.  */
5021
            r = os->region;
5022
            if (r == NULL)
5023
              r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5024
 
5025
            if (os->load_base)
5026
              {
5027
                bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5028
                os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5029
              }
5030
            else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5031
              {
5032
                bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5033
 
5034
                if (section_alignment > 0)
5035
                  lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5036
                os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5037
              }
5038
            else if (r->last_os != NULL
5039
                     && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5040
              {
5041
                bfd_vma lma;
5042
                asection *last;
5043
 
5044
                last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5045
 
5046
                /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5047
                   an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5048
                   os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5049
                   create overlapping LMAs.  */
5050
                if (dot < last->vma
5051
                    && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5052
                    && dot + os->bfd_section->size <= last->vma)
5053
                  {
5054
                    /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5055
                       vma.  This is the old default lma, which might
5056
                       just happen to work when the backwards move is
5057
                       sufficiently large.  Nag if this changes anything,
5058
                       so people can fix their linker scripts.  */
5059
 
5060
                    if (last->vma != last->lma)
5061
                      einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards before `%s'\n"),
5062
                             os->name);
5063
                  }
5064
                else
5065
                  {
5066
                    /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5067
                       at the end of the previous section.  */
5068
                    if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5069
                      lma = last->lma + last->size;
5070
 
5071
                    /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5072
                       as the previous section.  */
5073
                    else
5074
                      lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5075
 
5076
                    if (section_alignment > 0)
5077
                      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5078
                    os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5079
                  }
5080
              }
5081
            os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5082
 
5083
            if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5084
              break;
5085
 
5086
            /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5087
               lma region.  We use this to set the lma for
5088
               following sections.  Overlays or other linker
5089
               script assignment to lma might mean that the
5090
               default lma == vma is incorrect.
5091
               To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5092
               -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5093
               of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.  */
5094
            if (((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5095
                 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
5096
                && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5097
                && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5098
                    || (r->last_os == NULL
5099
                        && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5100
                    || (r->last_os != NULL
5101
                        && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5102
                                   .bfd_section->vma)))
5103
                && os->lma_region == NULL
5104
                && !link_info.relocatable)
5105
              r->last_os = s;
5106
 
5107
            /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5108
            if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5109
                || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
5110
                || link_info.relocatable)
5111
              dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5112
 
5113
            if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5114
              exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5115
 
5116
            /* Update dot in the region ?
5117
               We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5118
               since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5119
               overall size in memory.  */
5120
            if (os->region != NULL
5121
                && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5122
              {
5123
                os->region->current = dot;
5124
 
5125
                if (check_regions)
5126
                  /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  */
5127
                  os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5128
                                   os->bfd_section->vma);
5129
 
5130
                if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5131
                    && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD))
5132
                  {
5133
                    os->lma_region->current
5134
                      = os->bfd_section->lma + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5135
 
5136
                    if (check_regions)
5137
                      os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5138
                                       os->bfd_section->lma);
5139
                  }
5140
              }
5141
          }
5142
          break;
5143
 
5144
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5145
          dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5146
                                      output_section_statement,
5147
                                      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5148
          break;
5149
 
5150
        case lang_data_statement_enum:
5151
          {
5152
            unsigned int size = 0;
5153
 
5154
            s->data_statement.output_offset =
5155
              dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5156
            s->data_statement.output_section =
5157
              output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5158
 
5159
            /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5160
               need to mark them as needed.  */
5161
            exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5162
 
5163
            switch (s->data_statement.type)
5164
              {
5165
              default:
5166
                abort ();
5167
              case QUAD:
5168
              case SQUAD:
5169
                size = QUAD_SIZE;
5170
                break;
5171
              case LONG:
5172
                size = LONG_SIZE;
5173
                break;
5174
              case SHORT:
5175
                size = SHORT_SIZE;
5176
                break;
5177
              case BYTE:
5178
                size = BYTE_SIZE;
5179
                break;
5180
              }
5181
            if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5182
              size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5183
            dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5184
            output_section_statement->bfd_section->size += size;
5185
          }
5186
          break;
5187
 
5188
        case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5189
          {
5190
            int size;
5191
 
5192
            s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5193
              dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5194
            s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5195
              output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5196
            size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5197
            dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5198
            output_section_statement->bfd_section->size += size;
5199
          }
5200
          break;
5201
 
5202
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5203
          dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5204
                                      output_section_statement,
5205
                                      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5206
          break;
5207
 
5208
        case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5209
          link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5210
            output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5211
          break;
5212
 
5213
        case lang_output_statement_enum:
5214
        case lang_target_statement_enum:
5215
          break;
5216
 
5217
        case lang_input_section_enum:
5218
          {
5219
            asection *i;
5220
 
5221
            i = s->input_section.section;
5222
            if (relax)
5223
              {
5224
                bfd_boolean again;
5225
 
5226
                if (! bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5227
                  einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5228
                if (again)
5229
                  *relax = TRUE;
5230
              }
5231
            dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5232
                                      output_section_statement->fill, dot);
5233
          }
5234
          break;
5235
 
5236
        case lang_input_statement_enum:
5237
          break;
5238
 
5239
        case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5240
          s->fill_statement.output_section =
5241
            output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5242
 
5243
          fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5244
          break;
5245
 
5246
        case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5247
          {
5248
            bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5249
            etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5250
 
5251
            expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5252
 
5253
            exp_fold_tree (tree,
5254
                           output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5255
                           &newdot);
5256
 
5257
            if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_start)
5258
              {
5259
                if (!expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat)
5260
                  expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat = s;
5261
                else
5262
                  {
5263
                    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat == s);
5264
                  }
5265
              }
5266
            else if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_end)
5267
              {
5268
                if (!expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
5269
                  expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat = s;
5270
                else
5271
                  {
5272
                    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat == s);
5273
                  }
5274
              }
5275
            expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5276
 
5277
            /* This symbol is relative to this section.  */
5278
            if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5279
                 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5280
                && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5281
                    || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5282
              output_section_statement->section_relative_symbol = 1;
5283
 
5284
            if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5285
              {
5286
                if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5287
                  {
5288
                    /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5289
                       the default memory address.  */
5290
                    lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5291
                                               FALSE)->current = newdot;
5292
                  }
5293
                else if (newdot != dot)
5294
                  {
5295
                    /* Insert a pad after this statement.  We can't
5296
                       put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5297
                       assignment references dot.  */
5298
                    insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5299
                                output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5300
 
5301
                    /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing.  */
5302
                    s = s->header.next;
5303
 
5304
                    /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5305
                       should have space allocated to it, unless the
5306
                       user has explicitly stated that the section
5307
                       should not be allocated.  */
5308
                    if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5309
                        && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5310
                            || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5311
                                == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5312
                      output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5313
                  }
5314
                dot = newdot;
5315
              }
5316
          }
5317
          break;
5318
 
5319
        case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5320
          /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5321
             we won't have any padding statements.  If this is the
5322
             second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5323
             padding to shrink.  If padding is needed on this pass, it
5324
             will be added back in.  */
5325
          s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5326
 
5327
          /* Make sure output_offset is valid.  If relaxation shrinks
5328
             the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5329
             have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5330
             section.  bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5331
             a pad size of zero.  */
5332
          s->padding_statement.output_offset
5333
            = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5334
          break;
5335
 
5336
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
5337
          dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5338
                                      output_section_statement,
5339
                                      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5340
          break;
5341
 
5342
        case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5343
          break;
5344
 
5345
          /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on.  */
5346
        case lang_address_statement_enum:
5347
          break;
5348
 
5349
        default:
5350
          FAIL ();
5351
          break;
5352
        }
5353
      prev = &s->header.next;
5354
    }
5355
  return dot;
5356
}
5357
 
5358
/* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5359
   The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5360
   CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5361
   segments.  We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision.  */
5362
 
5363
bfd_boolean
5364
ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5365
                                    bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5366
                                    asection * current_section,
5367
                                    asection * previous_section,
5368
                                    bfd_boolean new_segment)
5369
{
5370
  lang_output_section_statement_type * cur;
5371
  lang_output_section_statement_type * prev;
5372
 
5373
  /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5374
     that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment.  */
5375
  if (new_segment)
5376
    return TRUE;
5377
 
5378
  /* Paranoia checks.  */
5379
  if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5380
    return new_segment;
5381
 
5382
  /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5383
     We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5384
     of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5385
     we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster.  */
5386
  cur  = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5387
  prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5388
 
5389
  /* More paranoia.  */
5390
  if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5391
    return new_segment;
5392
 
5393
  /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5394
     different segments.  See the email thread starting at the following
5395
     URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5396
     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html  */
5397
  return cur->region != prev->region;
5398
}
5399
 
5400
void
5401
one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5402
{
5403
  lang_statement_iteration++;
5404
  lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5405
                        0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5406
}
5407
 
5408
void
5409
lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5410
{
5411
  expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5412
  expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
5413
 
5414
  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5415
  if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen
5416
      && link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5417
    {
5418
      /* If DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END pair was seen, try
5419
         to put expld.dataseg.relro on a (common) page boundary.  */
5420
      bfd_vma min_base, old_base, relro_end, maxpage;
5421
 
5422
      expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_relro_adjust;
5423
      maxpage = expld.dataseg.maxpagesize;
5424
      /* MIN_BASE is the absolute minimum address we are allowed to start the
5425
         read-write segment (byte before will be mapped read-only).  */
5426
      min_base = (expld.dataseg.min_base + maxpage - 1) & ~(maxpage - 1);
5427
      /* OLD_BASE is the address for a feasible minimum address which will
5428
         still not cause a data overlap inside MAXPAGE causing file offset skip
5429
         by MAXPAGE.  */
5430
      old_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5431
      expld.dataseg.base += (-expld.dataseg.relro_end
5432
                             & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1));
5433
      /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO segment end.  */
5434
      relro_end = ((expld.dataseg.relro_end + expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)
5435
                   & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1));
5436
      if (min_base + maxpage < expld.dataseg.base)
5437
        {
5438
          expld.dataseg.base -= maxpage;
5439
          relro_end -= maxpage;
5440
        }
5441
      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5442
      one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5443
      if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > relro_end)
5444
        {
5445
          /* The alignment of sections between DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN
5446
             and DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END caused huge padding to be
5447
             inserted at DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  Try to start a bit lower so
5448
             that the section alignments will fit in.  */
5449
          asection *sec;
5450
          unsigned int max_alignment_power = 0;
5451
 
5452
          /* Find maximum alignment power of sections between
5453
             DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN and DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  */
5454
          for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
5455
            if (sec->vma >= expld.dataseg.base
5456
                && sec->vma < expld.dataseg.relro_end
5457
                && sec->alignment_power > max_alignment_power)
5458
              max_alignment_power = sec->alignment_power;
5459
 
5460
          if (((bfd_vma) 1 << max_alignment_power) < expld.dataseg.pagesize)
5461
            {
5462
              if (expld.dataseg.base - (1 << max_alignment_power) < old_base)
5463
                expld.dataseg.base += expld.dataseg.pagesize;
5464
              expld.dataseg.base -= (1 << max_alignment_power);
5465
              lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5466
              one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5467
            }
5468
        }
5469
      link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5470
      link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5471
    }
5472
  else if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen)
5473
    {
5474
      /* If DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN DATA_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5475
         a page could be saved in the data segment.  */
5476
      bfd_vma first, last;
5477
 
5478
      first = -expld.dataseg.base & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5479
      last = expld.dataseg.end & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5480
      if (first && last
5481
          && ((expld.dataseg.base & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1))
5482
              != (expld.dataseg.end & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)))
5483
          && first + last <= expld.dataseg.pagesize)
5484
        {
5485
          expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_adjust;
5486
          lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5487
          one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5488
        }
5489
      else
5490
        expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5491
    }
5492
  else
5493
    expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5494
}
5495
 
5496
/* Worker function for lang_do_assignments.  Recursiveness goes here.  */
5497
 
5498
static bfd_vma
5499
lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5500
                       lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5501
                       fill_type *fill,
5502
                       bfd_vma dot)
5503
{
5504
  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5505
    {
5506
      switch (s->header.type)
5507
        {
5508
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5509
          dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5510
                                       current_os, fill, dot);
5511
          break;
5512
 
5513
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5514
          {
5515
            lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5516
 
5517
            os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5518
            if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5519
              {
5520
                dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5521
 
5522
                lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head, os, os->fill, dot);
5523
 
5524
                /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5525
                if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5526
                    || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
5527
                    || link_info.relocatable)
5528
                  dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5529
 
5530
                if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5531
                  exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5532
              }
5533
          }
5534
          break;
5535
 
5536
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5537
 
5538
          dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5539
                                       current_os, fill, dot);
5540
          break;
5541
 
5542
        case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5543
        case lang_output_statement_enum:
5544
        case lang_target_statement_enum:
5545
          break;
5546
 
5547
        case lang_data_statement_enum:
5548
          exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5549
          if (expld.result.valid_p)
5550
            {
5551
              s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5552
              if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5553
                s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5554
            }
5555
          else
5556
            einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5557
          {
5558
            unsigned int size;
5559
            switch (s->data_statement.type)
5560
              {
5561
              default:
5562
                abort ();
5563
              case QUAD:
5564
              case SQUAD:
5565
                size = QUAD_SIZE;
5566
                break;
5567
              case LONG:
5568
                size = LONG_SIZE;
5569
                break;
5570
              case SHORT:
5571
                size = SHORT_SIZE;
5572
                break;
5573
              case BYTE:
5574
                size = BYTE_SIZE;
5575
                break;
5576
              }
5577
            if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5578
              size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5579
            dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5580
          }
5581
          break;
5582
 
5583
        case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5584
          exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5585
                         bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5586
          if (expld.result.valid_p)
5587
            s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5588
          else
5589
            einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5590
          dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5591
          break;
5592
 
5593
        case lang_input_section_enum:
5594
          {
5595
            asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5596
 
5597
            if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5598
              dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5599
          }
5600
          break;
5601
 
5602
        case lang_input_statement_enum:
5603
          break;
5604
 
5605
        case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5606
          fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5607
          break;
5608
 
5609
        case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5610
          exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5611
                         current_os->bfd_section,
5612
                         &dot);
5613
          break;
5614
 
5615
        case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5616
          dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5617
          break;
5618
 
5619
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
5620
          dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5621
                                       current_os, fill, dot);
5622
          break;
5623
 
5624
        case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5625
          break;
5626
 
5627
        case lang_address_statement_enum:
5628
          break;
5629
 
5630
        default:
5631
          FAIL ();
5632
          break;
5633
        }
5634
    }
5635
  return dot;
5636
}
5637
 
5638
void
5639
lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5640
{
5641
  expld.phase = phase;
5642
  lang_statement_iteration++;
5643
  lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head, abs_output_section, NULL, 0);
5644
}
5645
 
5646
/* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  When the assemblers see the
5647
   operator .startof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5648
   .startof.section_name.  Similarly, when it sees
5649
   .sizeof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5650
   .sizeof.section_name.  For all the output sections, we look for
5651
   such symbols, and set them to the correct value.  */
5652
 
5653
static void
5654
lang_set_startof (void)
5655
{
5656
  asection *s;
5657
 
5658
  if (link_info.relocatable)
5659
    return;
5660
 
5661
  for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5662
    {
5663
      const char *secname;
5664
      char *buf;
5665
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5666
 
5667
      secname = bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd, s);
5668
      buf = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
5669
 
5670
      sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", secname);
5671
      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5672
      if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5673
        {
5674
          h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5675
          h->u.def.value = bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, s);
5676
          h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5677
        }
5678
 
5679
      sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", secname);
5680
      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5681
      if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5682
        {
5683
          h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5684
          h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (s->size);
5685
          h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5686
        }
5687
 
5688
      free (buf);
5689
    }
5690
}
5691
 
5692
static void
5693
lang_end (void)
5694
{
5695
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5696
  bfd_boolean warn;
5697
 
5698
  if ((link_info.relocatable && !link_info.gc_sections)
5699
      || (link_info.shared && !link_info.executable))
5700
    warn = entry_from_cmdline;
5701
  else
5702
    warn = TRUE;
5703
 
5704
  /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
5705
     --gc-sections.  */
5706
  if (link_info.gc_sections && link_info.relocatable
5707
      && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
5708
    einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
5709
             "an undefined symbol\n"));
5710
 
5711
  if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
5712
    {
5713
      /* No entry has been specified.  Look for the default entry, but
5714
         don't warn if we don't find it.  */
5715
      entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
5716
      warn = FALSE;
5717
    }
5718
 
5719
  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
5720
                            FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5721
  if (h != NULL
5722
      && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5723
          || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5724
      && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
5725
    {
5726
      bfd_vma val;
5727
 
5728
      val = (h->u.def.value
5729
             + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
5730
                                    h->u.def.section->output_section)
5731
             + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
5732
      if (! bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5733
        einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
5734
    }
5735
  else
5736
    {
5737
      bfd_vma val;
5738
      const char *send;
5739
 
5740
      /* We couldn't find the entry symbol.  Try parsing it as a
5741
         number.  */
5742
      val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
5743
      if (*send == '\0')
5744
        {
5745
          if (! bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5746
            einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5747
        }
5748
      else
5749
        {
5750
          asection *ts;
5751
 
5752
          /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number.  Use
5753
             the first address in the text section.  */
5754
          ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
5755
          if (ts != NULL)
5756
            {
5757
              if (warn)
5758
                einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5759
                         " defaulting to %V\n"),
5760
                       entry_symbol.name,
5761
                       bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
5762
              if (!(bfd_set_start_address
5763
                    (link_info.output_bfd,
5764
                     bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
5765
                einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5766
            }
5767
          else
5768
            {
5769
              if (warn)
5770
                einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5771
                         " not setting start address\n"),
5772
                       entry_symbol.name);
5773
            }
5774
        }
5775
    }
5776
 
5777
  /* Don't bfd_hash_table_free (&lang_definedness_table);
5778
     map file output may result in a call of lang_track_definedness.  */
5779
}
5780
 
5781
/* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
5782
   BFD.  */
5783
 
5784
static void
5785
ignore_bfd_errors (const char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)
5786
{
5787
  /* Don't do anything.  */
5788
}
5789
 
5790
/* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
5791
   with the output file.  Also call the backend to let it do any
5792
   other checking that is needed.  */
5793
 
5794
static void
5795
lang_check (void)
5796
{
5797
  lang_statement_union_type *file;
5798
  bfd *input_bfd;
5799
  const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
5800
 
5801
  for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
5802
    {
5803
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
5804
      /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin.  */
5805
      if (file->input_statement.claimed)
5806
        continue;
5807
#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
5808
      input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
5809
      compatible
5810
        = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
5811
                                   command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
5812
 
5813
      /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
5814
         link between differing object formats when the input
5815
         file has relocations, because the relocations in the
5816
         input format may not have equivalent representations in
5817
         the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
5818
         relocs for other link purposes than a final link).  */
5819
      if ((link_info.relocatable || link_info.emitrelocations)
5820
          && (compatible == NULL
5821
              || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
5822
                  != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
5823
          && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
5824
        {
5825
          einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
5826
                   " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"),
5827
                 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
5828
                 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
5829
          /* einfo with %F exits.  */
5830
        }
5831
 
5832
      if (compatible == NULL)
5833
        {
5834
          if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
5835
            einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'"
5836
                     " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
5837
                   bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
5838
                   bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
5839
        }
5840
      else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
5841
        {
5842
          /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
5843
             private data of the output bfd.  */
5844
 
5845
          bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
5846
 
5847
          /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
5848
             files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
5849
             function which will do nothing.  We still want to call
5850
             bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
5851
             information which is needed in the output file.  */
5852
          if (! command_line.warn_mismatch)
5853
            pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
5854
          if (! bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd))
5855
            {
5856
              if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
5857
                einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
5858
                         " of file %B\n"), input_bfd);
5859
            }
5860
          if (! command_line.warn_mismatch)
5861
            bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
5862
        }
5863
    }
5864
}
5865
 
5866
/* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
5867
   correct section.  The -sort-common command line switch may be used
5868
   to roughly sort the entries by alignment.  */
5869
 
5870
static void
5871
lang_common (void)
5872
{
5873
  if (command_line.inhibit_common_definition)
5874
    return;
5875
  if (link_info.relocatable
5876
      && ! command_line.force_common_definition)
5877
    return;
5878
 
5879
  if (! config.sort_common)
5880
    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
5881
  else
5882
    {
5883
      unsigned int power;
5884
 
5885
      if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
5886
        {
5887
          for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
5888
            bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5889
 
5890
          power = 0;
5891
          bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5892
        }
5893
      else
5894
        {
5895
          for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
5896
            bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5897
 
5898
          power = UINT_MAX;
5899
          bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
5900
        }
5901
    }
5902
}
5903
 
5904
/* Place one common symbol in the correct section.  */
5905
 
5906
static bfd_boolean
5907
lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
5908
{
5909
  unsigned int power_of_two;
5910
  bfd_vma size;
5911
  asection *section;
5912
 
5913
  if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
5914
    return TRUE;
5915
 
5916
  size = h->u.c.size;
5917
  power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
5918
 
5919
  if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
5920
      && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
5921
    return TRUE;
5922
  else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
5923
           && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
5924
    return TRUE;
5925
 
5926
  section = h->u.c.p->section;
5927
  if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
5928
    einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"),
5929
           h->root.string);
5930
 
5931
  if (config.map_file != NULL)
5932
    {
5933
      static bfd_boolean header_printed;
5934
      int len;
5935
      char *name;
5936
      char buf[50];
5937
 
5938
      if (! header_printed)
5939
        {
5940
          minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
5941
          minfo (_("Common symbol       size              file\n\n"));
5942
          header_printed = TRUE;
5943
        }
5944
 
5945
      name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
5946
                           DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
5947
      if (name == NULL)
5948
        {
5949
          minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
5950
          len = strlen (h->root.string);
5951
        }
5952
      else
5953
        {
5954
          minfo ("%s", name);
5955
          len = strlen (name);
5956
          free (name);
5957
        }
5958
 
5959
      if (len >= 19)
5960
        {
5961
          print_nl ();
5962
          len = 0;
5963
        }
5964
      while (len < 20)
5965
        {
5966
          print_space ();
5967
          ++len;
5968
        }
5969
 
5970
      minfo ("0x");
5971
      if (size <= 0xffffffff)
5972
        sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
5973
      else
5974
        sprintf_vma (buf, size);
5975
      minfo ("%s", buf);
5976
      len = strlen (buf);
5977
 
5978
      while (len < 16)
5979
        {
5980
          print_space ();
5981
          ++len;
5982
        }
5983
 
5984
      minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
5985
    }
5986
 
5987
  return TRUE;
5988
}
5989
 
5990
/* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
5991
   somewhere to go.  If one is found without a destination then create
5992
   an input request and place it into the statement tree.  */
5993
 
5994
static void
5995
lang_place_orphans (void)
5996
{
5997
  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
5998
    {
5999
      asection *s;
6000
 
6001
      for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6002
        {
6003
          if (s->output_section == NULL)
6004
            {
6005
              /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6006
                 around for a sensible place for it to go.  */
6007
 
6008
              if (file->just_syms_flag)
6009
                bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6010
              else if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
6011
                s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6012
              else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6013
                {
6014
                  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6015
                     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
6016
                     with the wildcard.  */
6017
                  if (! link_info.relocatable
6018
                      || command_line.force_common_definition)
6019
                    {
6020
                      if (default_common_section == NULL)
6021
                        default_common_section
6022
                          = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6023
                                                                  TRUE);
6024
                      lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6025
                                        default_common_section);
6026
                    }
6027
                }
6028
              else
6029
                {
6030
                  const char *name = s->name;
6031
                  int constraint = 0;
6032
 
6033
                  if (config.unique_orphan_sections
6034
                      || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6035
                    constraint = SPECIAL;
6036
 
6037
                  if (!ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint))
6038
                    {
6039
                      lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6040
                      os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name,
6041
                                                                 constraint,
6042
                                                                 TRUE);
6043
                      if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6044
                          && (link_info.relocatable
6045
                              || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6046
                        os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6047
                      lang_add_section (&os->children, s, os);
6048
                    }
6049
                }
6050
            }
6051
        }
6052
    }
6053
}
6054
 
6055
void
6056
lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6057
{
6058
  flagword *ptr_flags;
6059
 
6060
  ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6061
  while (*flags)
6062
    {
6063
      switch (*flags)
6064
        {
6065
        case 'A': case 'a':
6066
          *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6067
          break;
6068
 
6069
        case 'R': case 'r':
6070
          *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6071
          break;
6072
 
6073
        case 'W': case 'w':
6074
          *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6075
          break;
6076
 
6077
        case 'X': case 'x':
6078
          *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6079
          break;
6080
 
6081
        case 'L': case 'l':
6082
        case 'I': case 'i':
6083
          *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6084
          break;
6085
 
6086
        default:
6087
          einfo (_("%P%F: invalid syntax in flags\n"));
6088
          break;
6089
        }
6090
      flags++;
6091
    }
6092
}
6093
 
6094
/* Call a function on each input file.  This function will be called
6095
   on an archive, but not on the elements.  */
6096
 
6097
void
6098
lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6099
{
6100
  lang_input_statement_type *f;
6101
 
6102
  for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
6103
       f != NULL;
6104
       f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file)
6105
    func (f);
6106
}
6107
 
6108
/* Call a function on each file.  The function will be called on all
6109
   the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6110
   not be called on the archive file itself.  */
6111
 
6112
void
6113
lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6114
{
6115
  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6116
    {
6117
      func (f);
6118
    }
6119
}
6120
 
6121
void
6122
ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6123
{
6124
  lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6125
                         (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6126
                         &entry->next);
6127
 
6128
  /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6129
     a link.  */
6130
  ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link_next == NULL);
6131
  ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6132
 
6133
  *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6134
  link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link_next;
6135
  entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6136
  bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6137
 
6138
  /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6139
     included in the link.  We need to do this now, so that we can
6140
     notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6141
     definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6142
     going to link.  FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6143
     symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6144
     discarded.  This would require modifying the backend linker for
6145
     each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag.  If we do
6146
     this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way.  */
6147
 
6148
  bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6149
}
6150
 
6151
void
6152
lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6153
{
6154
  /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script.  */
6155
  if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6156
    {
6157
      output_filename = name;
6158
      had_output_filename = TRUE;
6159
    }
6160
}
6161
 
6162
static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6163
 
6164
static int
6165
topower (int x)
6166
{
6167
  unsigned int i = 1;
6168
  int l;
6169
 
6170
  if (x < 0)
6171
    return -1;
6172
 
6173
  for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6174
    {
6175
      if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6176
        return l;
6177
      i <<= 1;
6178
    }
6179
 
6180
  return 0;
6181
}
6182
 
6183
lang_output_section_statement_type *
6184
lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6185
                                     etree_type *address_exp,
6186
                                     enum section_type sectype,
6187
                                     etree_type *align,
6188
                                     etree_type *subalign,
6189
                                     etree_type *ebase,
6190
                                     int constraint)
6191
{
6192
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6193
 
6194
  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6195
                                             constraint, TRUE);
6196
  current_section = os;
6197
 
6198
  if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6199
    {
6200
      os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6201
    }
6202
  os->sectype = sectype;
6203
  if (sectype != noload_section)
6204
    os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6205
  else
6206
    os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6207
  os->block_value = 1;
6208
 
6209
  /* Make next things chain into subchain of this.  */
6210
  push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6211
 
6212
  os->subsection_alignment =
6213
    topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6214
  os->section_alignment =
6215
    topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6216
 
6217
  os->load_base = ebase;
6218
  return os;
6219
}
6220
 
6221
void
6222
lang_final (void)
6223
{
6224
  lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6225
 
6226
  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6227
  new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6228
 
6229
}
6230
 
6231
/* Reset the current counters in the regions.  */
6232
 
6233
void
6234
lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6235
{
6236
  lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6237
  asection *o;
6238
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6239
 
6240
  for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6241
    {
6242
      p->current = p->origin;
6243
      p->last_os = NULL;
6244
    }
6245
 
6246
  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6247
       os != NULL;
6248
       os = os->next)
6249
    {
6250
      os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6251
      os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6252
    }
6253
 
6254
  for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6255
    {
6256
      /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section.  */
6257
      o->rawsize = o->size;
6258
      o->size = 0;
6259
    }
6260
}
6261
 
6262
/* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1.  */
6263
 
6264
static void
6265
gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6266
                     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6267
                     asection *section,
6268
                     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6269
                     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6270
{
6271
  /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6272
     should be as well.  */
6273
  if (ptr->keep_sections)
6274
    section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6275
}
6276
 
6277
/* Iterate over sections marking them against GC.  */
6278
 
6279
static void
6280
lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6281
{
6282
  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6283
    {
6284
      switch (s->header.type)
6285
        {
6286
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6287
          walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6288
          break;
6289
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6290
          lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6291
          break;
6292
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6293
          lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6294
          break;
6295
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
6296
          lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6297
          break;
6298
        default:
6299
          break;
6300
        }
6301
    }
6302
}
6303
 
6304
static void
6305
lang_gc_sections (void)
6306
{
6307
  /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script.  */
6308
 
6309
  lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6310
 
6311
  /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6312
     the special case of debug info.  (See bfd/stabs.c)
6313
     Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code.  */
6314
  if (link_info.relocatable)
6315
    {
6316
      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6317
        {
6318
          asection *sec;
6319
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6320
          if (f->claimed)
6321
            continue;
6322
#endif
6323
          for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6324
            if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6325
              sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6326
        }
6327
    }
6328
 
6329
  if (link_info.gc_sections)
6330
    bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6331
}
6332
 
6333
/* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1.  */
6334
 
6335
static void
6336
find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6337
                             struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6338
                             asection *section,
6339
                             lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6340
                             void *data)
6341
{
6342
  /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6343
     size.  */
6344
  if (section->output_section != NULL
6345
      && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6346
      && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6347
      && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6348
      && section->size != 0)
6349
    {
6350
      bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6351
      *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6352
    }
6353
}
6354
 
6355
/* Iterate over sections for relro sections.  */
6356
 
6357
static void
6358
lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6359
                            bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6360
{
6361
  if (*has_relro_section)
6362
    return;
6363
 
6364
  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6365
    {
6366
      if (s == expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
6367
        break;
6368
 
6369
      switch (s->header.type)
6370
        {
6371
        case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6372
          walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6373
                     find_relro_section_callback,
6374
                     has_relro_section);
6375
          break;
6376
        case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6377
          lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6378
                                      has_relro_section);
6379
          break;
6380
        case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6381
          lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6382
                                      has_relro_section);
6383
          break;
6384
        case lang_group_statement_enum:
6385
          lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6386
                                      has_relro_section);
6387
          break;
6388
        default:
6389
          break;
6390
        }
6391
    }
6392
}
6393
 
6394
static void
6395
lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6396
{
6397
  bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6398
 
6399
  /* Check all sections in the link script.  */
6400
 
6401
  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6402
                              &has_relro_section);
6403
 
6404
  if (!has_relro_section)
6405
    link_info.relro = FALSE;
6406
}
6407
 
6408
/* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6409
 
6410
void
6411
lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6412
{
6413
  if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6414
    {
6415
      /* We may need more than one relaxation pass.  */
6416
      int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6417
 
6418
      /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass.  */
6419
      link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6420
 
6421
      while (i--)
6422
        {
6423
          /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6424
          bfd_boolean relax_again;
6425
 
6426
          link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6427
          do
6428
            {
6429
              link_info.relax_trip++;
6430
 
6431
              /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also.  If you find
6432
                 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6433
                 pe-dll.c also.  DJ  */
6434
 
6435
              /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6436
                 section sizes.  */
6437
              lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6438
 
6439
              /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6440
                 size.  */
6441
              lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6442
 
6443
              /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6444
                 globals are, so can make a better guess.  */
6445
              relax_again = FALSE;
6446
              lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6447
            }
6448
          while (relax_again);
6449
 
6450
          link_info.relax_pass++;
6451
        }
6452
      need_layout = TRUE;
6453
    }
6454
 
6455
  if (need_layout)
6456
    {
6457
      /* Final extra sizing to report errors.  */
6458
      lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6459
      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6460
      lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6461
    }
6462
}
6463
 
6464
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6465
/* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files.  We
6466
   place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6467
   first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6468
   object file immediately preceding the archive.  In the event
6469
   no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6470
   object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6471
   the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6472
   is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6473
   input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6474
   inserted at the head of the file_chain.  */
6475
 
6476
static lang_input_statement_type *
6477
find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6478
{
6479
  lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6480
  lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6481
  for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6482
       claim1 != NULL;
6483
       claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6484
    {
6485
      if (claim1->claimed)
6486
        return claim1->claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6487
      /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file.  */
6488
      if (claim1->the_bfd && (claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL))
6489
        lastobject = claim1;
6490
    }
6491
  /* No files were claimed by the plugin.  Choose the last object
6492
     file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
6493
     insert point.  */
6494
  return lastobject;
6495
}
6496
 
6497
/* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
6498
   on FIELD as the next-pointer.  (Counterintuitively does not need
6499
   a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.)  */
6500
 
6501
static void
6502
lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6503
                        lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
6504
                        lang_statement_union_type **field)
6505
{
6506
  *(srclist->tail) = *field;
6507
  *field = srclist->head;
6508
  if (destlist->tail == field)
6509
    destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
6510
}
6511
 
6512
/* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
6513
   was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST.  */
6514
 
6515
static void
6516
lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6517
                       lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
6518
{
6519
  union lang_statement_union **savetail;
6520
  /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST.  */
6521
  ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
6522
  savetail = origlist->tail;
6523
  origlist->head = *(savetail);
6524
  origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
6525
  destlist->tail = savetail;
6526
  *savetail = NULL;
6527
}
6528
#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6529
 
6530
void
6531
lang_process (void)
6532
{
6533
  /* Finalize dynamic list.  */
6534
  if (link_info.dynamic_list)
6535
    lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
6536
 
6537
  current_target = default_target;
6538
 
6539
  /* Open the output file.  */
6540
  lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
6541
  init_opb ();
6542
 
6543
  ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
6544
 
6545
  /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line.  */
6546
  lang_place_undefineds ();
6547
 
6548
  if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
6549
    einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
6550
 
6551
  /* Create a bfd for each input file.  */
6552
  current_target = default_target;
6553
  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6554
 
6555
#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6556
  if (plugin_active_plugins_p ())
6557
    {
6558
      lang_statement_list_type added;
6559
      lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
6560
 
6561
      /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
6562
         are any more to be added to the link before we call the
6563
         emulation's after_open hook.  We create a private list of
6564
         input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
6565
         insert into the global statment list after the first claimed
6566
         file.  */
6567
      added = *stat_ptr;
6568
      /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony.  */
6569
      files = file_chain;
6570
      inputfiles = input_file_chain;
6571
      if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
6572
        einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
6573
               plugin_error_plugin ());
6574
      /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains.  */
6575 157 khays
      link_info.loading_lto_outputs = TRUE;
6576 145 khays
      open_input_bfds (added.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6577
      /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added.  */
6578
      lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
6579
      /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists.  */
6580
      lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
6581
      lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
6582
      /* Were any new files added?  */
6583
      if (added.head != NULL)
6584
        {
6585
          /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
6586
             after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin.  */
6587
          plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
6588
          /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
6589
             don't really have a good idea where to place them.  Just putting
6590
             them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
6591
             outside the crtbegin...crtend range.  */
6592
          ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
6593
          /* Splice the new statement list into the old one.  */
6594
          lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
6595
                                  &plugin_insert->header.next);
6596
          /* Likewise for the file chains.  */
6597
          lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
6598
                                  &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
6599
          /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
6600
             insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
6601
             point chosen is the dummy first input file.  */
6602
          if (plugin_insert->filename)
6603
            lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
6604
          else
6605
            lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
6606
 
6607
          /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared.  */
6608
          open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
6609
        }
6610
    }
6611
#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6612
 
6613
  link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
6614
  if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6615
    link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
6616
 
6617
  ldemul_after_open ();
6618
 
6619
  bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
6620
 
6621
  /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures.  We call this
6622
     after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
6623
     other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
6624
     does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
6625
     link.  */
6626
  lang_check ();
6627
 
6628
  /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so.  */
6629
  if (command_line.version_exports_section)
6630
    lang_do_version_exports_section ();
6631
 
6632
  /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
6633
     files.  */
6634
  ldctor_build_sets ();
6635
 
6636
  /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to.  */
6637
  lang_gc_sections ();
6638
 
6639
  /* Size up the common data.  */
6640
  lang_common ();
6641
 
6642
  /* Update wild statements.  */
6643
  update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
6644
 
6645
  /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
6646
     to the correct output sections.  */
6647
  lang_statement_iteration++;
6648
  map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
6649
 
6650
  process_insert_statements ();
6651
 
6652
  /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them.  */
6653
  lang_place_orphans ();
6654
 
6655
  if (! link_info.relocatable)
6656
    {
6657
      asection *found;
6658
 
6659
      /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections.  This has to be done after GC of
6660
         sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
6661
         assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
6662
         is hard then.  */
6663
      bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6664
 
6665
      /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it.  */
6666
      found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
6667
 
6668
      if (found != NULL)
6669
        {
6670
          if (config.text_read_only)
6671
            found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6672
          else
6673
            found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
6674
        }
6675
    }
6676
 
6677
  /* Do anything special before sizing sections.  This is where ELF
6678
     and other back-ends size dynamic sections.  */
6679
  ldemul_before_allocation ();
6680
 
6681
  /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
6682
     section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS.  */
6683
  lang_record_phdrs ();
6684
 
6685
  /* Check relro sections.  */
6686
  if (link_info.relro && ! link_info.relocatable)
6687
    lang_find_relro_sections ();
6688
 
6689
  /* Size up the sections.  */
6690
  lang_size_sections (NULL, ! RELAXATION_ENABLED);
6691
 
6692
  /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
6693
     everything is.  This is where relaxation is done.  */
6694
  ldemul_after_allocation ();
6695
 
6696
  /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  */
6697
  lang_set_startof ();
6698
 
6699
  /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
6700
     of all the symbols.  */
6701
  lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
6702
 
6703
  ldemul_finish ();
6704
 
6705
  /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense.  */
6706
  if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
6707
    lang_check_section_addresses ();
6708
 
6709
  lang_end ();
6710
}
6711
 
6712
/* EXPORTED TO YACC */
6713
 
6714
void
6715
lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
6716
               struct wildcard_list *section_list,
6717
               bfd_boolean keep_sections)
6718
{
6719
  struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
6720
  lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
6721
 
6722
  /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front.  */
6723
  for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
6724
       curr != NULL;
6725
       section_list = curr, curr = next)
6726
    {
6727
      if (curr->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (curr->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
6728
        placed_commons = TRUE;
6729
 
6730
      next = curr->next;
6731
      curr->next = section_list;
6732
    }
6733
 
6734
  if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
6735
    {
6736
      if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
6737
        filespec->name = NULL;
6738
      else if (! wildcardp (filespec->name))
6739
        lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
6740
    }
6741
 
6742
  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
6743
  new_stmt->filename = NULL;
6744
  new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
6745 157 khays
  new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
6746 145 khays
  if (filespec != NULL)
6747
    {
6748
      new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
6749
      new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
6750 157 khays
      new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
6751 145 khays
    }
6752
  new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
6753
  new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
6754
  lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
6755
  analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
6756
}
6757
 
6758
void
6759
lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
6760
                    const segment_type *segment)
6761
{
6762
  lang_address_statement_type *ad;
6763
 
6764
  ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
6765
  ad->section_name = name;
6766
  ad->address = address;
6767
  ad->segment = segment;
6768
}
6769
 
6770
/* Set the start symbol to NAME.  CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
6771
   because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
6772
   called by ENTRY in a linker script.  Command line arguments take
6773
   precedence.  */
6774
 
6775
void
6776
lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
6777
{
6778
  if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
6779
      || cmdline
6780
      || ! entry_from_cmdline)
6781
    {
6782
      entry_symbol.name = name;
6783
      entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
6784
    }
6785
}
6786
 
6787
/* Set the default start symbol to NAME.  .em files should use this,
6788
   not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
6789
   linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point.  NAME
6790
   must be permanently allocated.  */
6791
void
6792
lang_default_entry (const char *name)
6793
{
6794
  entry_symbol_default = name;
6795
}
6796
 
6797
void
6798
lang_add_target (const char *name)
6799
{
6800
  lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
6801
 
6802
  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
6803
  new_stmt->target = name;
6804
}
6805
 
6806
void
6807
lang_add_map (const char *name)
6808
{
6809
  while (*name)
6810
    {
6811
      switch (*name)
6812
        {
6813
        case 'F':
6814
          map_option_f = TRUE;
6815
          break;
6816
        }
6817
      name++;
6818
    }
6819
}
6820
 
6821
void
6822
lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
6823
{
6824
  lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
6825
 
6826
  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
6827
  new_stmt->fill = fill;
6828
}
6829
 
6830
void
6831
lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
6832
{
6833
  lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
6834
 
6835
  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
6836
  new_stmt->exp = exp;
6837
  new_stmt->type = type;
6838
}
6839
 
6840
/* Create a new reloc statement.  RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
6841
   generate.  HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
6842
   look this up, but the caller has already done so).  SECTION is the
6843
   section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
6844
   symbol to generate a reloc against.  Exactly one of SECTION and
6845
   NAME must be NULL.  ADDEND is an expression for the addend.  */
6846
 
6847
void
6848
lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
6849
                reloc_howto_type *howto,
6850
                asection *section,
6851
                const char *name,
6852
                union etree_union *addend)
6853
{
6854
  lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
6855
 
6856
  p->reloc = reloc;
6857
  p->howto = howto;
6858
  p->section = section;
6859
  p->name = name;
6860
  p->addend_exp = addend;
6861
 
6862
  p->addend_value = 0;
6863
  p->output_section = NULL;
6864
  p->output_offset = 0;
6865
}
6866
 
6867
lang_assignment_statement_type *
6868
lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
6869
{
6870
  lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
6871
 
6872
  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
6873
  new_stmt->exp = exp;
6874
  return new_stmt;
6875
}
6876
 
6877
void
6878
lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
6879
{
6880
  new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
6881
}
6882
 
6883
void
6884
lang_startup (const char *name)
6885
{
6886
  if (first_file->filename != NULL)
6887
    {
6888
      einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
6889
    }
6890
  first_file->filename = name;
6891
  first_file->local_sym_name = name;
6892
  first_file->real = TRUE;
6893
}
6894
 
6895
void
6896
lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
6897
{
6898
  lang_float_flag = maybe;
6899
}
6900
 
6901
 
6902
/* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
6903
   store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
6904
 
6905
   MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
6906
   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
6907
   LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
6908
   statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
6909
   had an explicit load address.
6910
 
6911
   It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address.  */
6912
 
6913
static void
6914
lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
6915
                  lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
6916
                  const char *memspec,
6917
                  const char *lma_memspec,
6918
                  bfd_boolean have_lma,
6919
                  bfd_boolean have_vma)
6920
{
6921
  *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
6922
 
6923
  /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
6924
     has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
6925
     as well.  */
6926
  if (lma_memspec != NULL
6927
      && ! have_vma
6928
      && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
6929
    *region = *lma_region;
6930
  else
6931
    *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
6932
 
6933
  if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
6934
    einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"));
6935
}
6936
 
6937
void
6938
lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
6939
                                     lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
6940
                                     const char *lma_memspec)
6941
{
6942
  lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
6943
                    &current_section->lma_region,
6944
                    memspec, lma_memspec,
6945
                    current_section->load_base != NULL,
6946
                    current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
6947
 
6948
  /* If this section has no load region or base, but uses the same
6949
     region as the previous section, then propagate the previous
6950
     section's load region.  */
6951
 
6952
  if (current_section->lma_region == NULL
6953
      && current_section->load_base == NULL
6954
      && current_section->addr_tree == NULL
6955
      && current_section->region == current_section->prev->region)
6956
    current_section->lma_region = current_section->prev->lma_region;
6957
 
6958
  current_section->fill = fill;
6959
  current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
6960
  pop_stat_ptr ();
6961
}
6962
 
6963
/* Create an absolute symbol with the given name with the value of the
6964
   address of first byte of the section named.
6965
 
6966
   If the symbol already exists, then do nothing.  */
6967
 
6968
void
6969
lang_abs_symbol_at_beginning_of (const char *secname, const char *name)
6970
{
6971
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6972
 
6973
  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, TRUE, TRUE);
6974
  if (h == NULL)
6975
    einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
6976
 
6977
  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new
6978
      || h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
6979
    {
6980
      asection *sec;
6981
 
6982
      h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
6983
 
6984
      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, secname);
6985
      if (sec == NULL)
6986
        h->u.def.value = 0;
6987
      else
6988
        h->u.def.value = bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, sec);
6989
 
6990
      h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6991
    }
6992
}
6993
 
6994
/* Create an absolute symbol with the given name with the value of the
6995
   address of the first byte after the end of the section named.
6996
 
6997
   If the symbol already exists, then do nothing.  */
6998
 
6999
void
7000
lang_abs_symbol_at_end_of (const char *secname, const char *name)
7001
{
7002
  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
7003
 
7004
  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, TRUE, TRUE);
7005
  if (h == NULL)
7006
    einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
7007
 
7008
  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new
7009
      || h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
7010
    {
7011
      asection *sec;
7012
 
7013
      h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
7014
 
7015
      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, secname);
7016
      if (sec == NULL)
7017
        h->u.def.value = 0;
7018
      else
7019
        h->u.def.value = (bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, sec)
7020
                          + TO_ADDR (sec->size));
7021
 
7022
      h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
7023
    }
7024
}
7025
 
7026
void
7027
lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7028
                       lang_statement_union_type *element,
7029
                       lang_statement_union_type **field)
7030
{
7031
  *(list->tail) = element;
7032
  list->tail = field;
7033
}
7034
 
7035
/* Set the output format type.  -oformat overrides scripts.  */
7036
 
7037
void
7038
lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7039
                        const char *big,
7040
                        const char *little,
7041
                        int from_script)
7042
{
7043
  if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7044
    {
7045
      if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7046
          && big != NULL)
7047
        format = big;
7048
      else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7049
               && little != NULL)
7050
        format = little;
7051
 
7052
      output_target = format;
7053
    }
7054
}
7055
 
7056
void
7057
lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7058
{
7059
  lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7060
 
7061
  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7062
  new_stmt->where = where;
7063
  new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7064
  saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7065
}
7066
 
7067
/* Enter a group.  This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7068
   stat_ptr to build new statements within the group.  */
7069
 
7070
void
7071
lang_enter_group (void)
7072
{
7073
  lang_group_statement_type *g;
7074
 
7075
  g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7076
  lang_list_init (&g->children);
7077
  push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7078
}
7079
 
7080
/* Leave a group.  This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7081
   regular list of statements again.  Note that this will not work if
7082
   groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7083
   but currently they can't.  */
7084
 
7085
void
7086
lang_leave_group (void)
7087
{
7088
  pop_stat_ptr ();
7089
}
7090
 
7091
/* Add a new program header.  This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7092
   command in a linker script.  */
7093
 
7094
void
7095
lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7096
               etree_type *type,
7097
               bfd_boolean filehdr,
7098
               bfd_boolean phdrs,
7099
               etree_type *at,
7100
               etree_type *flags)
7101
{
7102
  struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7103
  bfd_boolean hdrs;
7104
 
7105
  n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7106
  n->next = NULL;
7107
  n->name = name;
7108
  n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7109
  n->filehdr = filehdr;
7110
  n->phdrs = phdrs;
7111
  n->at = at;
7112
  n->flags = flags;
7113
 
7114
  hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7115
 
7116
  for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7117
    if (hdrs
7118
        && (*pp)->type == 1
7119
        && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7120
      {
7121
        einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"));
7122
        hdrs = FALSE;
7123
      }
7124
 
7125
  *pp = n;
7126
}
7127
 
7128
/* Record the program header information in the output BFD.  FIXME: We
7129
   should not be calling an ELF specific function here.  */
7130
 
7131
static void
7132
lang_record_phdrs (void)
7133
{
7134
  unsigned int alc;
7135
  asection **secs;
7136
  lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7137
  struct lang_phdr *l;
7138
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7139
 
7140
  alc = 10;
7141
  secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7142
  last = NULL;
7143
 
7144
  for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7145
    {
7146
      unsigned int c;
7147
      flagword flags;
7148
      bfd_vma at;
7149
 
7150
      c = 0;
7151
      for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7152
           os != NULL;
7153
           os = os->next)
7154
        {
7155
          lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7156
 
7157
          if (os->constraint < 0)
7158
            continue;
7159
 
7160
          pl = os->phdrs;
7161
          if (pl != NULL)
7162
            last = pl;
7163
          else
7164
            {
7165
              if (os->sectype == noload_section
7166
                  || os->bfd_section == NULL
7167
                  || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7168
                continue;
7169
 
7170
              /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header.  */
7171
              if (l->type == 3)
7172
                continue;
7173
 
7174
              if (last == NULL)
7175
                {
7176
                  lang_output_section_statement_type * tmp_os;
7177
 
7178
                  /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7179
                     header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7180
                     one.  This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7181
                     behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7182
                     header and there are sections in that script which are
7183
                     not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7184
                     use of that header. See here for more details:
7185
                     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html  */
7186
                  for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7187
                    if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7188
                      {
7189
                        last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7190
                        break;
7191
                      }
7192
                  if (last == NULL)
7193
                    einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7194
                }
7195
              pl = last;
7196
            }
7197
 
7198
          if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7199
            continue;
7200
 
7201
          for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7202
            {
7203
              if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7204
                {
7205
                  if (c >= alc)
7206
                    {
7207
                      alc *= 2;
7208
                      secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7209
                                                     alc * sizeof (asection *));
7210
                    }
7211
                  secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7212
                  ++c;
7213
                  pl->used = TRUE;
7214
                }
7215
            }
7216
        }
7217
 
7218
      if (l->flags == NULL)
7219
        flags = 0;
7220
      else
7221
        flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7222
 
7223
      if (l->at == NULL)
7224
        at = 0;
7225
      else
7226
        at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7227
 
7228
      if (! bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7229
                             l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7230
                             at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7231
        einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7232
    }
7233
 
7234
  free (secs);
7235
 
7236
  /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded.  */
7237
  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7238
       os != NULL;
7239
       os = os->next)
7240
    {
7241
      lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7242
 
7243
      if (os->constraint < 0
7244
          || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7245
        continue;
7246
 
7247
      for (pl = os->phdrs;
7248
           pl != NULL;
7249
           pl = pl->next)
7250
        if (! pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7251
          einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7252
                 os->name, pl->name);
7253
    }
7254
}
7255
 
7256
/* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced.  */
7257
 
7258
void
7259
lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7260
{
7261
  struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7262
 
7263
  n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7264
  n->next = nocrossref_list;
7265
  n->list = l;
7266
  nocrossref_list = n;
7267
 
7268
  /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols.  */
7269
  link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7270
}
7271
 
7272
/* Overlay handling.  We handle overlays with some static variables.  */
7273
 
7274
/* The overlay virtual address.  */
7275
static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7276
/* And subsection alignment.  */
7277
static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7278
 
7279
/* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far.  */
7280
static etree_type *overlay_max;
7281
 
7282
/* A list of all the sections in this overlay.  */
7283
 
7284
struct overlay_list {
7285
  struct overlay_list *next;
7286
  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7287
};
7288
 
7289
static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7290
 
7291
/* Start handling an overlay.  */
7292
 
7293
void
7294
lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7295
{
7296
  /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring.  */
7297
  ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7298
          && overlay_subalign == NULL
7299
          && overlay_max == NULL);
7300
 
7301
  overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7302
  overlay_subalign = subalign;
7303
}
7304
 
7305
/* Start a section in an overlay.  We handle this by calling
7306
   lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7307
   lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions.  */
7308
 
7309
void
7310
lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7311
{
7312
  struct overlay_list *n;
7313
  etree_type *size;
7314
 
7315
  lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7316
                                       0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0);
7317
 
7318
  /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7319
     sections on this one.  This will work correctly even if `.' is
7320
     used in the addresses.  */
7321
  if (overlay_list == NULL)
7322
    overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7323
 
7324
  /* Remember the section.  */
7325
  n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7326
  n->os = current_section;
7327
  n->next = overlay_list;
7328
  overlay_list = n;
7329
 
7330
  size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7331
 
7332
  /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address.  */
7333
  if (overlay_max == NULL)
7334
    overlay_max = size;
7335
  else
7336
    overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7337
}
7338
 
7339
/* Finish a section in an overlay.  There isn't any special to do
7340
   here.  */
7341
 
7342
void
7343
lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7344
                            lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7345
{
7346
  const char *name;
7347
  char *clean, *s2;
7348
  const char *s1;
7349
  char *buf;
7350
 
7351
  name = current_section->name;
7352
 
7353
  /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7354
     region and that no load-time region has been specified.  It doesn't
7355
     really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
7356
     override it.  */
7357
  lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
7358
 
7359
  /* Define the magic symbols.  */
7360
 
7361
  clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7362
  s2 = clean;
7363
  for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
7364
    if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
7365
      *s2++ = *s1;
7366
  *s2 = '\0';
7367
 
7368
  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
7369
  sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
7370
  lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7371
                                    exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7372
                                    FALSE));
7373
 
7374
  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
7375
  sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
7376
  lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7377
                                    exp_binop ('+',
7378
                                               exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7379
                                               exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
7380
                                    FALSE));
7381
 
7382
  free (clean);
7383
}
7384
 
7385
/* Finish an overlay.  If there are any overlay wide settings, this
7386
   looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them.  */
7387
 
7388
void
7389
lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
7390
                    int nocrossrefs,
7391
                    fill_type *fill,
7392
                    const char *memspec,
7393
                    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7394
                    const char *lma_memspec)
7395
{
7396
  lang_memory_region_type *region;
7397
  lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
7398
  struct overlay_list *l;
7399
  lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
7400
 
7401
  lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
7402
                    memspec, lma_memspec,
7403
                    lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
7404
 
7405
  nocrossref = NULL;
7406
 
7407
  /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
7408
     overlay region.  */
7409
  if (overlay_list != NULL)
7410
    overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
7411
      = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max));
7412
 
7413
  l = overlay_list;
7414
  while (l != NULL)
7415
    {
7416
      struct overlay_list *next;
7417
 
7418
      if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
7419
        l->os->fill = fill;
7420
 
7421
      l->os->region = region;
7422
      l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
7423
 
7424
      /* The first section has the load address specified in the
7425
         OVERLAY statement.  The rest are worked out from that.
7426
         The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
7427
         an LMA region was specified.  */
7428
      if (l->next == 0)
7429
        {
7430
          l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
7431
          l->os->sectype = normal_section;
7432
        }
7433
      if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
7434
        l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
7435
 
7436
      if (nocrossrefs)
7437
        {
7438
          lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
7439
 
7440
          nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
7441
          nc->name = l->os->name;
7442
          nc->next = nocrossref;
7443
          nocrossref = nc;
7444
        }
7445
 
7446
      next = l->next;
7447
      free (l);
7448
      l = next;
7449
    }
7450
 
7451
  if (nocrossref != NULL)
7452
    lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
7453
 
7454
  overlay_vma = NULL;
7455
  overlay_list = NULL;
7456
  overlay_max = NULL;
7457
}
7458
 
7459
/* Version handling.  This is only useful for ELF.  */
7460
 
7461
/* This global variable holds the version tree that we build.  */
7462
 
7463
struct bfd_elf_version_tree *lang_elf_version_info;
7464
 
7465
/* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
7466
   If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
7467
   symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match).  */
7468
 
7469
static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7470
lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
7471
                 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
7472
                 const char *sym)
7473
{
7474
  const char *c_sym;
7475
  const char *cxx_sym = sym;
7476
  const char *java_sym = sym;
7477
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
7478
  enum demangling_styles curr_style;
7479
 
7480
  curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
7481
  cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
7482
  c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
7483
  if (!c_sym)
7484
    c_sym = sym;
7485
  cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
7486
 
7487
  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7488
    {
7489
      cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
7490
                              DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
7491
      if (!cxx_sym)
7492
        cxx_sym = sym;
7493
    }
7494
  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7495
    {
7496
      java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
7497
      if (!java_sym)
7498
        java_sym = sym;
7499
    }
7500
 
7501
  if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
7502
    {
7503
      struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
7504
 
7505
      switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
7506
        {
7507
        case 0:
7508
          if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7509
            {
7510
              e.pattern = c_sym;
7511
              expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7512
                  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7513
              while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
7514
                if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7515
                  goto out_ret;
7516
                else
7517
                  expr = expr->next;
7518
            }
7519
          /* Fallthrough */
7520
        case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
7521
          if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7522
            {
7523
              e.pattern = cxx_sym;
7524
              expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7525
                  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7526
              while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
7527
                if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7528
                  goto out_ret;
7529
                else
7530
                  expr = expr->next;
7531
            }
7532
          /* Fallthrough */
7533
        case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
7534
          if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7535
            {
7536
              e.pattern = java_sym;
7537
              expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7538
                  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7539
              while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
7540
                if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7541
                  goto out_ret;
7542
                else
7543
                  expr = expr->next;
7544
            }
7545
          /* Fallthrough */
7546
        default:
7547
          break;
7548
        }
7549
    }
7550
 
7551
  /* Finally, try the wildcards.  */
7552
  if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
7553
    expr = head->remaining;
7554
  else
7555
    expr = prev->next;
7556
  for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
7557
    {
7558
      const char *s;
7559
 
7560
      if (!expr->pattern)
7561
        continue;
7562
 
7563
      if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
7564
        break;
7565
 
7566
      if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7567
        s = java_sym;
7568
      else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7569
        s = cxx_sym;
7570
      else
7571
        s = c_sym;
7572
      if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
7573
        break;
7574
    }
7575
 
7576
 out_ret:
7577
  if (c_sym != sym)
7578
    free ((char *) c_sym);
7579
  if (cxx_sym != sym)
7580
    free ((char *) cxx_sym);
7581
  if (java_sym != sym)
7582
    free ((char *) java_sym);
7583
  return expr;
7584
}
7585
 
7586
/* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
7587
   return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed.  */
7588
 
7589
static const char *
7590
realsymbol (const char *pattern)
7591
{
7592
  const char *p;
7593
  bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
7594
  char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
7595
 
7596
  for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
7597
    {
7598
      /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
7599
         backslash.  */
7600
      if (backslash)
7601
        {
7602
          /* Remove the preceding backslash.  */
7603
          *(s - 1) = *p;
7604
          backslash = FALSE;
7605
          changed = TRUE;
7606
        }
7607
      else
7608
        {
7609
          if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
7610
            {
7611
              free (symbol);
7612
              return NULL;
7613
            }
7614
 
7615
          *s++ = *p;
7616
          backslash = *p == '\\';
7617
        }
7618
    }
7619
 
7620
  if (changed)
7621
    {
7622
      *s = '\0';
7623
      return symbol;
7624
    }
7625
  else
7626
    {
7627
      free (symbol);
7628
      return pattern;
7629
    }
7630
}
7631
 
7632
/* This is called for each variable name or match expression.  NEW_NAME is
7633
   the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
7634
   pattern to be matched against symbol names.  */
7635
 
7636
struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7637
lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
7638
                       const char *new_name,
7639
                       const char *lang,
7640
                       bfd_boolean literal_p)
7641
{
7642
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
7643
 
7644
  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
7645
  ret->next = orig;
7646
  ret->symver = 0;
7647
  ret->script = 0;
7648
  ret->literal = TRUE;
7649
  ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
7650
  if (ret->pattern == NULL)
7651
    {
7652
      ret->pattern = new_name;
7653
      ret->literal = FALSE;
7654
    }
7655
 
7656
  if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
7657
    ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7658
  else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
7659
    ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
7660
  else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
7661
    ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
7662
  else
7663
    {
7664
      einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
7665
             lang);
7666
      ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7667
    }
7668
 
7669
  return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
7670
}
7671
 
7672
/* This is called for each set of variable names and match
7673
   expressions.  */
7674
 
7675
struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
7676
lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
7677
                    struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
7678
{
7679
  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
7680
 
7681
  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
7682
  ret->globals.list = globals;
7683
  ret->locals.list = locals;
7684
  ret->match = lang_vers_match;
7685
  ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
7686
  return ret;
7687
}
7688
 
7689
/* This static variable keeps track of version indices.  */
7690
 
7691
static int version_index;
7692
 
7693
static hashval_t
7694
version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
7695
{
7696
  const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
7697
      (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
7698
 
7699
  return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
7700
}
7701
 
7702
static int
7703
version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7704
{
7705
  const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
7706
      (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
7707
  const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
7708
      (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
7709
 
7710
  return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
7711
}
7712
 
7713
static void
7714
lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
7715
{
7716
  size_t count = 0;
7717
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
7718
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
7719
 
7720
  for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
7721
    {
7722
      if (e->literal)
7723
        count++;
7724
      head->mask |= e->mask;
7725
    }
7726
 
7727
  if (count)
7728
    {
7729
      head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
7730
                                version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
7731
      list_loc = &head->list;
7732
      remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
7733
      for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
7734
        {
7735
          next = e->next;
7736
          if (!e->literal)
7737
            {
7738
              *remaining_loc = e;
7739
              remaining_loc = &e->next;
7740
            }
7741
          else
7742
            {
7743
              void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
7744
 
7745
              if (*loc)
7746
                {
7747
                  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
7748
 
7749
                  e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
7750
                  last = NULL;
7751
                  do
7752
                    {
7753
                      if (e1->mask == e->mask)
7754
                        {
7755
                          last = NULL;
7756
                          break;
7757
                        }
7758
                      last = e1;
7759
                      e1 = e1->next;
7760
                    }
7761
                  while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
7762
 
7763
                  if (last == NULL)
7764
                    {
7765
                      /* This is a duplicate.  */
7766
                      /* FIXME: Memory leak.  Sometimes pattern is not
7767
                         xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory.  */
7768
                      /* free (e->pattern); */
7769
                      free (e);
7770
                    }
7771
                  else
7772
                    {
7773
                      e->next = last->next;
7774
                      last->next = e;
7775
                    }
7776
                }
7777
              else
7778
                {
7779
                  *loc = e;
7780
                  *list_loc = e;
7781
                  list_loc = &e->next;
7782
                }
7783
            }
7784
        }
7785
      *remaining_loc = NULL;
7786
      *list_loc = head->remaining;
7787
    }
7788
  else
7789
    head->remaining = head->list;
7790
}
7791
 
7792
/* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
7793
   version.  */
7794
 
7795
void
7796
lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
7797
                         struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
7798
                         struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
7799
{
7800
  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
7801
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
7802
 
7803
  if (name == NULL)
7804
    name = "";
7805
 
7806
  if ((name[0] == '\0' && lang_elf_version_info != NULL)
7807
      || (lang_elf_version_info && lang_elf_version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
7808
    {
7809
      einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
7810
               " with other version tags\n"));
7811
      free (version);
7812
      return;
7813
    }
7814
 
7815
  /* Make sure this node has a unique name.  */
7816
  for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7817
    if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
7818
      einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
7819
 
7820
  lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
7821
  lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
7822
 
7823
  /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
7824
     aren't any duplicates.  */
7825
 
7826
  for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
7827
    {
7828
      for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7829
        {
7830
          struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
7831
 
7832
          if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
7833
            {
7834
              e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7835
                  htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
7836
              while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
7837
                {
7838
                  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
7839
                    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7840
                             " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7841
                  e2 = e2->next;
7842
                }
7843
            }
7844
          else if (!e1->literal)
7845
            for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
7846
              if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
7847
                  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
7848
                einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7849
                         " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7850
        }
7851
    }
7852
 
7853
  for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
7854
    {
7855
      for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7856
        {
7857
          struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
7858
 
7859
          if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
7860
            {
7861
              e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7862
                  htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
7863
              while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
7864
                {
7865
                  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
7866
                    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7867
                             " in version information\n"),
7868
                           e1->pattern);
7869
                  e2 = e2->next;
7870
                }
7871
            }
7872
          else if (!e1->literal)
7873
            for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
7874
              if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
7875
                  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
7876
                einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7877
                         " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7878
        }
7879
    }
7880
 
7881
  version->deps = deps;
7882
  version->name = name;
7883
  if (name[0] != '\0')
7884
    {
7885
      ++version_index;
7886
      version->vernum = version_index;
7887
    }
7888
  else
7889
    version->vernum = 0;
7890
 
7891
  for (pp = &lang_elf_version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7892
    ;
7893
  *pp = version;
7894
}
7895
 
7896
/* This is called when we see a version dependency.  */
7897
 
7898
struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
7899
lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
7900
{
7901
  struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
7902
  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
7903
 
7904
  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
7905
  ret->next = list;
7906
 
7907
  for (t = lang_elf_version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7908
    {
7909
      if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
7910
        {
7911
          ret->version_needed = t;
7912
          return ret;
7913
        }
7914
    }
7915
 
7916
  einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
7917
 
7918
  ret->version_needed = NULL;
7919
  return ret;
7920
}
7921
 
7922
static void
7923
lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
7924
{
7925
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
7926
 
7927
  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
7928
    {
7929
      asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
7930
      char *contents, *p;
7931
      bfd_size_type len;
7932
 
7933
      if (sec == NULL)
7934
        continue;
7935
 
7936
      len = sec->size;
7937
      contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
7938
      if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
7939
        einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
7940
 
7941
      p = contents;
7942
      while (p < contents + len)
7943
        {
7944
          greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
7945
          p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
7946
        }
7947
 
7948
      /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex.  */
7949
 
7950
      /* Do not include this section in the link.  */
7951
      sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
7952
    }
7953
 
7954
  lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
7955
  lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
7956
                           lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
7957
}
7958
 
7959
void
7960
lang_add_unique (const char *name)
7961
{
7962
  struct unique_sections *ent;
7963
 
7964
  for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
7965
    if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
7966
      return;
7967
 
7968
  ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
7969
  ent->name = xstrdup (name);
7970
  ent->next = unique_section_list;
7971
  unique_section_list = ent;
7972
}
7973
 
7974
/* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one.  */
7975
 
7976
void
7977
lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
7978
{
7979
  if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7980
    {
7981
      struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
7982
      for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
7983
        ;
7984
      tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
7985
      link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
7986
    }
7987
  else
7988
    {
7989
      struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
7990
 
7991
      d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
7992
      d->head.list = dynamic;
7993
      d->match = lang_vers_match;
7994
      link_info.dynamic_list = d;
7995
    }
7996
}
7997
 
7998
/* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
7999
   one.  */
8000
 
8001
void
8002
lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8003
{
8004
  const char * symbols [] =
8005
    {
8006
      "typeinfo name for*",
8007
      "typeinfo for*"
8008
    };
8009
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8010
  unsigned int i;
8011
 
8012
  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8013
    dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8014
                                     FALSE);
8015
 
8016
  lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8017
}
8018
 
8019
/* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8020
   existing one.  */
8021
 
8022
void
8023
lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8024
{
8025
  const char * symbols [] =
8026
    {
8027
      "operator new*",
8028
      "operator delete*"
8029
    };
8030
  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8031
  unsigned int i;
8032
 
8033
  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8034
    dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8035
                                     FALSE);
8036
 
8037
  lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8038
}
8039
 
8040
/* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features.  */
8041
 
8042
void
8043
lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8044
{
8045
  char *p, *q;
8046
 
8047
  p = str;
8048
  while (*p)
8049
    {
8050
      char sep;
8051
      while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8052
        ++p;
8053
      if (!*p)
8054
        break;
8055
      q = p + 1;
8056
      while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8057
        ++q;
8058
      sep = *q;
8059
      *q = 0;
8060
      if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8061
        config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8062
      else
8063
        einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8064
      *q = sep;
8065
      p = q;
8066
    }
8067
}

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2025 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.